Laparoscopic Hernia Surgery
Laparoscopic Hernia Surgery
Laparoscopic Hernia Surgery
surgery
Laparoscopic hernia
surgery
An operative guide
Edited by
2003 Arnold
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced
or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronically or
mechanically, including photocopying, recording or any information
storage or retrieval system, without either prior permission in writing
from the publisher or a licence permitting restricted copying. In the
United Kingdom such licences are issued by the Copyright Licensing
Agency: 90 Tottenham Court Road, London W1T 4LP.
Whilst the advice and information in this book are believed to be true
and accurate at the date of going to press, neither the authors nor the
publisher can accept any legal responsibility or liability for any errors or
omissions that may be made. In particular (but without limiting the
generality of the preceding disclaimer) every effort has been made to
check drug dosages; however it is still possible that errors have been
missed. Furthermore, dosage schedules are constantly being revised and
new side-effects recognized. For these reasons the reader is strongly
urged to consult the drug companies printed instructions before
administering any of the drugs recommended in this book.
British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data
A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
A catalog record for this book is available from the Library of Congress
ISBN 0 340 80940 X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Commissioning Editor: Joanna Koster
Development Editor: Sarah Burrows
Project Editor: Anke Ueberberg
Production Controller: Deborah Smith
Project Managers: Nora Naughton, Samantha Gear
Cover Design: Lee-May Lim
Typeset in 10/12 Minion by Charon Tec Pvt Ltd., Chennai, India
Printed and bound in Italy
What do you think about this book? Or any other Arnold title?
Please send your comments to feedback.arnold@hodder.co.uk
Contents
Contributors
Preface
PART 1
xi
xiii
Abbreviations
xv
Manufacturers
xvii
OVERVIEW
17
25
31
History
Michael S. Kavic and Stephen M. Kavic
33
41
47
53
65
10
75
11
83
12
89
PART 2
viii Contents
PART 3
97
13
History
Kristi L. Harold, Brent D. Matthews and B. Todd Heniford
99
14
103
15
111
16
115
17
Pre-peritoneal herniorrhaphy
Srgio Roll, Wagner C. Marujo and Ricardo V. Cohen
125
18
133
19
143
20
151
21
155
22
161
PART 4
171
23
History
Raymond C. Read
173
24
179
25
Preoperative evaluation
Marco G. Patti and Piero M. Fisichella
187
26
193
27
Para-esophageal hernias
Hugo Bonatti, Beate Neuhauser and Ronald A. Hinder
201
28
209
29
217
30
227
31
235
32
239
Contents ix
PART 5
249
33
History
Rajeev Prasad and Thom E. Lobe
251
34
255
35
Diaphragmatic herniation
Rajeev Prasad and Thom E. Lobe
257
36
261
PART 6
FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS
263
37
265
38
Socioeconomic issues
Karl A. LeBlanc, Andrew N. Kingsnorth and Zinda Z. LeBlanc
273
Index
283
Contributors
Gina L. Adrales MD
Clinical Instructor, University of Kentucky Medical Center; and
Research Fellow, Center for Minimally Invasive Surgery,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USA
Maurice E. Arregui MD FACS
Director of Fellowship in Laparoscopy, Endoscopy and
Ultrasound, St. Vincent Hospital and Health Care Center,
Indianapolis, IN, USA
Ziad T. Awad MD FRCSI FICS
General Surgery Resident, Omaha, NE, USA
Garth H. Ballantyne MD FACS FASCRS
Professor of Surgery, Division of Minimally Invasive and
Telerobotic Surgery, Hackensack University Medical Center,
Hackensack, NJ, USA
Robert Berger MD
Fellow in Laparoscopic Surgery, Department of Surgery,
University of Illinois, Chicago, IL, USA
Reinhard Bittner MD FRCS
Head of Department of General and Visceral Surgery,
Marienhospital Stuttgart, Stuttgart, Germany
Hugo Bonatti MD
Department of Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Jacksonville, USA
Stephen D. Carey MD FACS
Nanticoke Surgical Associates, Seaford, DE, USA
Ilan Charuzi MD
Chairman, Department of Surgery, Wolfson Medical Center,
Holon, Israel
Ricardo V. Cohen MD FACS
Department of Surgical Endoscopy, Sao Camilo Hospital, Sao
Paulo, Brazil
Stirling E. Craig MD BA
Research assistant, Methodist Reflux Center, The Methodist
Hospital, Texas Medical Center, Houston, Texas
Ketan M. Desai MD
Department of Surgery, Washington University School of
Medicine, St Louis, MO, USA
Christine A. Ely MD
Fellow in Laparoscopy and Endoscopy, St Vincent Hospital and
Health Care Center, Indianapolis, IN, USA
Thomas R. Eubanks MD DO
Portland Surgical Specialists, Portland, OR, USA
Ed Felix MD
California Institute of Minimally Invasive Surgery, Fresno,
CA, USA
Jos Carlos Pinheiro Filho MD
Department of Surgical Endoscopy, Sao Camilo Hospital, Sao
Paulo, Brazil
Charles J. Filipi MD
Professor, Department of Surgery, Creighton University, Omaha,
NE, USA
Charles R. Finley MD FACS
Videoscopic General Surgeon, Atlanta, GA, USA
Piero M. Fisichella MD
Fellow, Swallowing Center, University of California, San
Francisco, CA, USA
Morris Franklin MD
Professor of Surgery, University of Texas Health Science Center,
and Director, Texas Endosurgery Institute, San Antonio,
TX, USA
Rodrigo Gonzalez MD
Fellow, Emory Endosurgery Unit, Surgery Department, Emory
University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA, USA
Kristi L. Harold MD
Laparoscopic Fellow, Carolinas Laparoscopic and Advanced
Surgery Program, Carolinas Medical Center, Charlotte,
NC, USA
B. Todd Heniford MD
Chief of Minimal Access Surgery, Co-Director Carolinas
Laparoscopic and Advanced Surgery Program, Carolinas Medical
Center, Charlotte, NC, USA
Ronald A. Hinder MD PhD
Professor and Chairman, Department of Surgery, Mayo Clinic,
Jacksonville, FL, USA
Santiago Horgan MD
Director of Minimally Invasive Surgery and Assistant Professor
of Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of Illinois,
Chicago, IL, USA
Michael S. Kavic MD
Professor of Clinical Surgery and Vice Chair, Department of
Surgery, Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine,
and Director of Education, General Surgery, St Elizabeth Health
Center, Youngstown, OH, USA
xii Contributors
Stephen M. Kavic MD
Department of Surgery, Yale University School of Medicine,
New Haven, CT, USA
Marco G. Patti MD
Associate Professor of Surgery, Director, Swallowing Center,
University of California, San Francisco, CA, USA
Rajeev Prasad MD
Fellow in Pediatric Surgery, University of Tennessee College of
Medicine, and Le Bonheur Childrens Medical Center, Memphis,
TN, USA
Brent D. Matthews MD
Chief of Research, Carolinas Laparoscopic and Advanced
Surgery Program, Carolinas Medical Center, Charlotte, NC, USA
Srgio Roll MD
Director of Laparoscopic Surgery, Department of General
Surgery, Heliopolis Hospital, University of Santos School of
Medicine, Sao Paulo, Brazil
Carlos A. Schiavon MD
Department of Surgical Endoscopy, Sao Camilo Hospital,
Sao Paulo, Brazil
Claus-Georg Schmedt MD
Department of General and Visceral Surgery
Marienhospital Stuttgart, Stuttgart, Germany
Roger K.J. Simmermacher MD PhD
General Surgeon, University Medical Centre, Utrecht,
The Netherlands
Roy T. Smoot, Jr MD FACS
Nanticoke Surgical Associates, Seaford, DE, USA
Nathaniel J. Soper MD
Department of Surgery, Washington University School of
Medicine, St Louis, MO, USA
Sergio G. Susmallian MD
Department of Surgery, Wolfson Medical Center, Holon, Israel
Amit Trivedi MD
Division of Minimally Invasive and Telerobotic Surgery,
Hackensack University Medical Center, Hackensack, NJ, USA
Guy R. Voeller MD FACS
Associate Professor, Surgery, University of Tennessee, Memphis,
Memphis, TN, USA
Preface
The laparoscopic repair of inguinal hernias quickly followed the development of the laparoscopic approach to
the cholecystectomy. This operation was, and continues
to be, a controversial subject. In contrast, the adoption of
the laparoscopic methodology for the treatment of the
other hernias of the abdominal wall has experienced continued growth. While there are textbooks that have dealt
with general laparoscopic surgical techniques and others
that are comprehensive texts on the subject of hernias,
none have been dedicated solely to the laparoscopic treatment of this malady in all aspects of the abdomen.
A review of the authors that have contributed to this
work is a testament of my efforts to provide a true operative guide to those surgeons-in-training and those who
desire more detailed information on this subject matter.
An international representation is evident. These are the
opinion leaders and the surgeons that have helped to
develop this field. I appreciate their efforts to share their
knowledge.
I have tried to provide the reader with the different
techniques that are currently being used to repair the
hernias in the inguinal region, the incisional and hiatal
locations. I have also relied on different authors to provide the details of the pertinent anatomy, the current
results and the various complications and the management. The segregation of these topics should remove any
bias that may be seen in the usual textbooks of this type.
A section on the use of the laparoscope in the pediatric hernia patient is also included. In many areas of the
Louisiana
July 2003
Abbreviations
CGRP
CT
DES
DPL
ECG
ECMO
EGD
ePTFE
GER
GERD
GPRVS
HAL
IEM
IPOM
LES
LIVH
MIS
MRI
NSEMD
PCA
PEH
PFA
PONV
PPM
PTFE
TAPP
TEP
TLESR
Manufacturers
PART
Overview
3
7
17
25
1
Laparoscopic general surgery
ROGER K.J. SIMMERMACHER
References
4 Overview
Introduction of improved techniques for intracorporeal hemostasis, stapling and knot-tying make it possible
to treat many colorectal diseases laparoscopically,37 even
in the presence of generalized peritonitis.38 Despite initial doubts about the maintenance of oncological resection principles, it has been shown that both types of
operations, laparoscopic and open, do not differ greatly
in this respect.39 The incidences of anastomotic leakage,
morbidity and mortality are not significantly different
between the two methodologies, but the laparoscopic
approach requires more operative time.39
Laparoscopic resection of cystic and solid liver tumors,
curative or palliative, is receiving increasing interest
as reports of the different techniques and their pitfalls
are accumulating.4043 Staging, of course, has also been
shown to be feasible.44 The spleen has also been the target
of the laparoscopist. Currently, open splenic resection is
usually reserved for treating a very large spleen with hypersplenism and in the acute trauma setting.45
Retroperitoneal organs, such as the pancreas, adrenal
glands and prostate, have also become the domain of
laparoscopically trained surgeons.4649 Admittedly, these
more advanced procedures require sufficient training
and skills in both laparoscopic and open surgery.
Vascular surgeons are now evaluating the newest
treatment modalities of endovascular procedures and
endoscopic techniques. Veins50 and the aorta51 can be
handled via a laparoscope, although this is still experimental in most cases.52
Future developments will probably focus on the
improvement of intraoperative imaging techniques,
improved tactile feedback through the so-called endohand,53 navigation,54 and robotic assistance.55 The primary efforts of the developments of laparoscopic surgery
focused upon the improvements for the care of the
patients, which of course continues today (e.g. the development of gasless pneumoperitoneum by lifting of the
abdominal wall).42,53 Current innovative attention seeks
to improve the range of motion, precision and control of
the surgeon through the development of intracorporeal
instruments that are handled via the endo-hand or revolutionary improvements of the tip of the laparoscopic
instruments53 as the endo-wrist of the da Vinci robotic
system.55 Furthermore, gastroenterologists might be challenged as some surgeons turn their interest into endoorgan laparoscopic management. However, there are
only limited anecdotal reports of resections of gastric
leiomyomas56 or small neoplasms, which predicts that
further investigations will be undertaken in the future.57
In conclusion, it is evident that laparoscopy is currently part of the surgical armamentarium as much as
the hand and scalpel have always been. Due to the current availability of rapid communication facilities,58 the
development of laparoscopy has been quicker than that
of any other innovation within surgery. In fact, this may
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
5
10
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Phillips EH, Rosenthal RJ, Caroll BJ, Fallas MJ. Laparoscopic transcystic common bile duct exploration. Surg Endosc 1994; 8: 1389.
Berci G, Morgenstern L. Laparoscopic management of common bile
duct stones. A multi-institutional SAGES-study. Surg Endosc 1994;
8: 1168.
Schreiber JH. Early experience with laparoscopic appendectomy in
women. Surg Endosc 1987; 1: 21116.
Kok HJ. A new technique for resecting the non-inflamed
not-adhesive appendix through a mini-laparotomy with the aid
of the laparoscope. Arch Chir Neerl 1977; 29: 1958.
Fingerhut A, Millat B, Borrie F. Laparoscopic versus open
appendectomy: time to decide. World J Surg 1999; 23: 83545.
Little DC, Custer MD, May BH, Blalock SE, Cooney DR. Laparoscopic
appendectomy: an unnecessary and expensive procedure in
children? J Pediatr Surg 2002; 37: 31017.
Garbutt JM, Soper NJ, Shannon WD, et al. Meta-analysis of
randomized controlled trials comparing laparoscopic and open
appendectomy. Surg Laparosc Endosc 1999; 9: 1726.
Tittel A, Schumpelick V. Laparoskopische Chirurgie: Erwartungen
und Realitt. Chirurg 2001: 72: 22735.
Katkhouda N, Moniel J. A new technique of surgical treatment of
chronic duodenal ulcer without laparotomy by videocoelioscopy.
Am J Surg 1991; 161: 3614.
Dallemagne B, Weerts JM, Jehaes C, et al. Laparoscopic Nissen
fundoplication: preliminary report. Surg Laparosc Endosc 1991; 1:
13843.
Booth MI, Joines L, Stratford J, Dehn TCB. Results of laparoscopic
Nissen fundoplication at 28 years after surgery. Br J Surg 2002;
89: 47681.
Trondsen E, Mjland O, Raeder J, Buanes T. Day-case laparoscopic
fundoplication for gastro-esophageal reflux disease. Br J Surg
2000; 87: 170811.
Liu JY, Woloshin S, Laycock WS, Schwartz LM. Late outcomes after
laparoscopic surgery for gastroesophageal reflux. Arch Surg 2002;
137: 397401.
Yahchouchy E, Debet A, Fingerhut A. Crack cocaine-related prepyloric
perforation treated laparoscopically. Surg Endosc 2002; 16: 220.
Cougard P, Barrat C, Gayral F, et al. Laparoscopic treatment of
perforated duodenal ulcers. Results of a retrospective multicentric
study. French Society of Laparoscopic Surgery. Ann Chir 2000;
125: 72631.
Alamowitch B, Aouad K, Sellam P, et al. Laparoscopic treatment of
perforated duodenal ulcer. Gastroenterol Clin Biol 2000; 24:
101217.
Spiess A, Kahrilas P. Treating achalasia: from whalebone to
laparoscope. JAMA 1998; 280: 638.
Sunderland GT, Chisholm EM, Lau WY, et al. Laparoscopic repair of
perforated peptic ulcers. Br J Surg 1992; 79: 785.
Gentileschi P, Kini S, Catarci M, Gagner M. Evidence-based
medicine: open and laparoscopic bariatric surgery. Surg Endosc
2002; 16: 73644.
Lehnert T, Rudek B, Kienle P, et al. Impact of diagnostic laparoscopy
on the management of gastric cancer: prospective study of 120
consecutive patients with primary gastric adenocarcinoma.
Br J Surg 2002; 80: 4715.
Bhm B, Ablassmaier B, Mller JM. Laparoscopische Chirurgie am
oberen Gastrointestinaltrakt. Chirurg 2001; 72: 34961.
Feussner H, Omote K, Fink U, et al. Pretherapeutic laparoscopic
staging in advanced gastric carcinoma. Endoscopy 1999; 31:
3427.
Ohgami M, Otani Y, Kumani K, et al. Curative laparoscopic surgery
for early gastric cancer: 5 years experience. World J Surg 1999;
23: 187.
Zornig C, Emmermann A, Blchle C, Jackle S. Laparoscopische
2/3-Resektion des Magens mit intracorpaoraler Anastomose nach
Roux-Y. Chirurg 1998; 69: 467.
6 Overview
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
2
Technological and instrumentation
aspects of laparoscopic hernia surgery
GINA L. ADRALES AND ADRIAN E. PARK
Instrumentation
Fixation
Videoendoscopic system
Other enabling technologies
7
11
12
12
Ergonomics
Conclusion
References
13
13
14
Disposable instruments
INSTRUMENTATION
The rapid expansion of available laparoscopic instrumentation has fueled the widespread application of minimally
Supported in part by an educational grant from Tyco/US Surgical
Corporation.
8 Overview
Trocars
Careful consideration of trocar type and placement is
imperative in the successful conduct of laparoscopic hernia repair. Quite simply, trocars are the portals through
which the laparoscopic instruments are passed. At the
same time, trocars represent potential weapons, and their
misplacement can contribute to the morbidity and even
mortality of a laparoscopic procedure. The incidence of
trocar-related injury is low but significant. The incidence
of hollow viscus perforation varies between 0.04 and
0.14 per cent.613 Major retroperitoneal vascular injury has
been reported in 0.030.1 per cent, carrying a substantial
mortality rate of nine per cent.912,14 Major vascular
injury is a very common cause of death in laparoscopy,
second only to anesthetic complications.14 In an effort to
increase the safety of trocar insertion, a variety of trocar
designs has been introduced.
The previously stated pros and cons of reusable
instrumentation also hold for trocars. Reusable, metal
trocars may provide better grip to the skin and abdominal wall compared with plastic, disposable trocars.
Several trocar designs have been developed to prevent
slippage and leakage of pneumoperitoneum. The Hasson
trocar, typically used as an initial trocar after peritoneal
(a)
(b)
has been implemented in trocar design to reduce insertionassociated injury. The optical view trocar was developed as
an alternative to Hasson trocar placement. This single-use,
plastic trocar has a clear shaft and conical tip, allowing
visualization of the abdominal wall layers as they are traversed while inserting the laparoscope. This trocar design is
well suited for insertion after pneumoperitoneum has been
established using a Veress needle.
While the optical trocar capitalizes on the benefit of
direct visualization, other trocar designs are centered on
the tip configuration for injury prevention (Figure 2.1). In
an effort to circumvent visceral damage, the shielded trocar
(c)
(d)
(e)
Figure 2.1 A variety of trocars is available for use during laparoscopic ventral herniorrhaphy. (a) The Hasson trocar has threads to
prevent slippage from the abdominal wall (Ethicon Endosurgery, Inc.). (b) The non-cutting trocar tip is designed to split the
musculature in an effort to decrease bleeding and other trocar-related injuries (Ethicon Endosurgery, Inc.). (c) The plastic shield of
this trocar retracts during insertion to expose a cutting blade then deploys upon peritoneal entry to protect the viscera from injury
(U.S. Surgical Corp., Inc.). (d) The bladed trocar features a blade that retracts upon peritoneal entry (Ethicon Endosurgery, Inc.).
(e) The laparoscope is housed in the optical trocar to provide visual guidance during insertion of this non-cutting trocar. This is
particularly useful in the reoperative abdomen after insufflation via the Veress needle technique (Ethicon Endosurgery, Inc.).
10 Overview
Energy sources
Advances in the use of energy sources have increased the
ease and feasibility of performing MIS. While energy
sources are used largely for hemostasis, increasingly they
are employed in tissue dissection as well. Available energy
sources include both thermal and mechanical energy
devices.
Electrosurgery
Thermal energy sources rely on the passage of electrical
current through tissues and the subsequent production of
heat. Applying high-radiofrequency alternating current
results in the excitation of cellular ions and the conversion
of electrical energy to mechanical energy. The degree of
the thermal response is directly proportional to the inherent resistance of the tissues, with little heat production
in plasma but significant heat production in bone. The
electrical current can be applied with a bipolar or monopolar electrode, the most common method in general
surgery.26 Bipolar electrosurgery confines the electrical
current to the tissue between the forceps and consequently
offers the added safety of decreased thermal spread.
Electrothermal injury is a substantial concern, with the
incidence of laparoscopic electrosurgery-associated complications numbering two to five per 1000 cases.27
Ultrasonic dissection
Ultrasonic dissection is a form of mechanical dissection,
like scissor or water-jet dissection, that has gained
popularity in laparoscopy. Mechanical energy is created
by high-frequency sound-wave vibration. The highfrequency vibration produces denatured collagen and
effectively vaporizes cells. The ultrasonically activated
scalpel, the ultrasonic instrument used most commonly
in laparoscopy, has been shown to seal vessels at diameters
up to 5 mm. However, it is recommended that its use is
limited to vessels 3 mm or less in diameter.28 At 80C, the
ultrasonically activated scalpel operates at a lower temperature than electrosurgery (100C).3 Ultrasonic dissection is reported to produce decreased lateral thermal
spread when compared with traditional electrosurgery.29
However, identification of intestinal or biliary duct
injury due to the ultrasonic dissector may be delayed.
Anecdotally, the dissector may temporarily seal the
FIXATION
In an effort to secure the prosthetic material and to facilitate its incorporation, several fixation methods have
been developed. The need for prosthetic fixation by
sutures, tacks and/or staples has been well demonstrated
for ventral and incisional herniorrhaphy, and it is now
considered indispensable to the long-term durability of
the repair.33,34 The picture is less clear with regard to
inguinal herniorrhaphy, where data regarding the utility
of tissue adhesives or even non-fixation continue to
emerge. In contrast, primary suture closure is the most
significant component of hiatal hernia repair, as prosthetic mesh is seldom used.
The development of staples and spiral tacks has
increased operative efficiency in ventral and incisional
hernia repair. A variety of tacking devices is now available, including a reusable device, the Salute (Onux
Medical, Inc.). This innovative device delivers a stainlesssteel construct that is not preformed but assumes the
final shape of a keyring. Traditional spiral tacks are
approximately 34 mm in length, limiting the depth of
fixation of the prosthetic patch into the abdominal wall.
In a study comparing titanium stapling and Prolene
suture fixation of mesh, the burst strength of mesh fixed
with suture was significantly greater (1461.7 mmHg)
than that of staple fixation with two different delivery
systems (885.5 mmHg, 665.2 mmHg).35 It is thus recommended that tack or staple fixation of the mesh be
combined with nonabsorbable suture fixation in laparoscopic ventral hernia repair.
The development of effective bioadhesives and tissue
substitutes may facilitate mesh fixation in ventral and
inguinal hernia repair and offer an alternative to prosthetic mesh in crural closure for large hiatal hernias.
Several adhesives have been studied. Fibrin sealant or fibrin glue, a hemostatic agent derived from human plasma,
has been evaluated as an alternative prosthetic fixation
tool in ventral and inguinal hernia repair. However, fibrin
application has been associated with a greater inflammatory reaction compared with staple fixation.36 In another
animal study, the incorporation of fibrin glue in ventral
hernia repair resulted in reduced intra-abdominal
Figure 2.2 Gore suture passer (W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc.).
Fixation devices
12 Overview
VIDEOENDOSCOPIC SYSTEM
The videoendoscopic system has become the eyes of
the laparoscopic surgeon. With the limited tactile feedback inherent in MIS, the quality of the surgical image is
crucial. The present limitations of the imaging system
include detrimental reductions in resolution, field of
view, contrast, and depth perception. These limitations
are the result of optical distortion by the camera and
monitor systems, and the loss of monocular and stereoscopic visual cues.
The current videoendoscopic system begins with a
rod-lens laparoscope with coaxial illumination and fiberoptic light bundles. Illumination is provided by a highintensity but cold broadband light source. Most systems
employ a high-quality solid-state camera equipped with
a charged-coupled device and a three-chip array for
color separation (red, green, blue). This provides optimal
color fidelity. Standard display systems utilize National
Television Committee Standard video with a resolution
of no less than 640 ! 480 pixels. Improving upon standard composite video systems, which combine luminance
and chrominance signals, S-video separates the signals and
offers superior color saturation. Most cathode-ray tube
monitors in use are curved and are therefore associated
with a degree of distortion. Flat-screen monitors eliminate
Robotic surgery
The feasibility of robotic-assisted surgery has been
examined for a variety of laparoscopic procedures. In
2001, Cadire and colleagues published a robotic-assisted
laparoscopic surgery series using the Da Vinci system (Intuitive Surgical), including three inguinal hernia repairs.44
Although the robotic articulating instruments facilitated
dissection in a variety of procedures, one system limitation noted by the authors was the narrow field of vision
provided by the three-dimensional optical system.
ERGONOMICS
Research in the field of surgical ergonomics may have
a far greater impact on MIS than will some of the technological advancements addressed previously. In the
manufacturing industry, it is well recognized that paying
proper attention to postural mechanics and the health
impact of instrumentation and machinery can significantly increase the productivity, efficiency and longevity
of workers. There are comparatively few available data on
the ergonomic risk factors associated with surgery. The
performance of surgery can be both mentally and physically demanding, and there is an alarming incidence of
musculoskeletal complaints among laparoscopic surgeons.45 Ergonomic risk factors (prolonged static postures, awkward stances, extreme joint angles, pressure
points from instrumentation, etc.) are pervasive in MIS
as a result of long instrumentation with reduced degrees
of freedom and displaced imaging (Figure 2.3). More
specifically, there are ergonomic issues that are unique to
laparoscopic hernia repair, such as the strain of working
against the camera (mirror-image effect) and the complex movements required to repair hernia defects from
underneath the anterior abdominal wall during ventral herniorrhaphy. While changes in instrument design
and imaging are forthcoming, the incorporation of these
changes will take time and the ergonomic hazards will
persist until they take effect. In the interim, attention to the
current operative environment and the selection of appropriate available instrumentation may improve operative
efficiency and protect the health of the surgeon.
The etiology of the ergonomic problem in laparoscopy is multifactorial. Consideration should be given to
instrumentation, image quality, and the positioning of
CONCLUSION
As with other types of MIS, laparoscopic hernia repair
evolved through the merger of innovative technology
and new surgical techniques. The wide array of available
instrumentation for tissue dissection, the development of
14 Overview
REFERENCES
20
21
22
23
24
1
3
4
5
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
44
3
Prosthetic biomaterials for hernioplasty
KARL A. LEBLANC
Synthetic prosthetic biomaterials: flat, single-component
products
17
Synthetic prosthetic biomaterials: preformed products
21
Synthetic prosthetic biomaterials: composite products
21
Almost all hernia repairs that are performed laparoscopically utilize some form of prosthetic biomaterial. One
notable exception is the infrequent small hernias found
during laparoscopic incisional and ventral hernioplasty,
which are merely sutured. The early pioneers in laparoscopic inguinal hernia repair generally used polypropylene mesh (PPM) products, but a few attempted to use
expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE). Incisional
and ventral hernioplasty utilized ePTFE when it was first
described. Currently, PPM and ePTFE prostheses are
the preferred biomaterials for the laparoscopic repair of
inguinal and incisional hernias, respectively. The preferences for each of these operations and the choice of
prostheses are described in the following chapters. This
chapter will present the currently available materials that
are used for the laparoscopic repair of hernias.
The biomaterials can be subdivided into many classes.
The broadest distinction is between synthetic and nonsynthetic products. These can be subdivided further into
products used for inguinal and non-inguinal hernia
repair. While any prosthetic biomaterial could be used in
the repair of any hernia, the common preferences noted
above will be assumed.
22
24
24
Manufacturer
Angimesh
Biomesh P1
Biomesh P3
Biomesh 3D
Hertra 1, 2
Hermesh 3, 4, 5
Intramesh NK1, NK2, NK8
Marlex
Parietene
Prolene
Prolene Soft Mesh
Prolite
Prolite Ultra
Surgipro (Monofilament)
Surgipro (Multifilament)
Trelex
Angiologica
Cousin Biotech
Cousin Biotech
Cousin Biotech
HerniaMesh
HerniaMesh
Cousin Biotech
C. R. Bard, Inc.
Sofradim International
Ethicon
Ethicon
Atrium Medical Corp.
Atrium Medical Corp.
U.S. Surgical Corp., Inc./Tyco
U.S. Surgical Corp., Inc./Tyco
Meadox Medical Corp.
itself (i.e. the weight of the mesh). These two factors influence the thickness, stiffness, shrinkage rates, inflammatory
response, potential for development of adhesions to the
product, and resulting changes in the elasticity of the
abdominal wall. These products are listed in Table 3.1, and
the differences in the weave and pore sizes of some of them
are noted in Figure 3.1.
One of the problems that has been seen in the past
with the repair of incisional hernias is fistulization.1 This
has also been seen with laparoscopic inguinal repair.2
These real and potential complications of PPM may be
18 Overview
(a)
(d)
(b)
(c)
(e)
(f)
Figure 3.1 Comparison of the weaves of PPM products: (a) Hetra 1, (b) Hetra 2,
(c) Prolene, (d) Prolene Soft Mesh, (e) Marlex, and (f) NK Mesh.
Manufacturer
Biomesh A1
Biomesh A3
Biomesh 3D
Mersilene
Parietex TEC
Parietex TECR
Parietex TET
Cousin Biotech
Cousin Biotech
Cousin Biotech
Ethicon
Sofradim International
Sofradim International
Sofradim International
(a)
(b)
(c)
Biomaterial
Manufacturer
DualMesh
DualMesh Emerge
DualMesh Plus
DualMesh Plus Emerge
DualMesh with Holes
DualMesh Plus with Holes
Dulex
Mycromesh
Mycromesh Plus
Reconix
Soft Tissue Patch
20 Overview
(a)
(b)
(d)
(c)
(a)
(b)
Figure 3.4 Emerge biomaterial (a) with the silicone unpeeled and (b) as it is peeled off the DualMesh.
Biomaterial
Manufacturer
Composix
Composix EX
Paritex Composite
Paritene Composite
Sepramesh
Glucamesh
Glucatex 3D
C. R. Bard, Inc.
C. R. Bard, Inc.
Sofradim International
Sofradim International
Genzyme Corp.
Brennen Medical, Inc.
Brennen Medical, Inc.
22 Overview
(a)
NON-SYNTHETIC PROSTHETIC
BIOMATERIALS
Several products based upon biological materials are
now available (Table 3.5). The use of a non-synthetic
biomaterial for the repair of hernias may be the better
approach. However, long-term studies and biocompatibility evaluations will be needed to confirm their usefulness. All have been processed to eliminate the risk of
transmission of viral or other diseases. These generally
are pure or nearly pure collagen that will be incorporated
and/or replaced by the patients own collagen over time.
The hernia is repaired by the neofascia that subsequently
develops. The majority of implantations of these biomaterials have been via open operation, but their use
with laparoscopic technique is undergoing evaluation.
Manufacturer
(a)
(a)
(b)
(b)
Alloderm (Figure 3.9) is manufactured from cadaveric skin. Its width is limited by the size of the dermatome that is used to harvest the material. Surgisis ES
and Surgisis Gold (Figure 3.10) are four- and eight-ply,
respectively, porcine small-intestinal submucosa. The
manufacturing process causes the nodules that are seen
on the Surgisis Gold. Fortagen and Fortaperm are also
processed porcine submucosa of the small intestine
(Figure 3.11). These latter two products are very similar
24 Overview
At the time of writing, all of these biomaterials are relatively new and clinical experience is generally limited.
There may be particular application in the site of infections
that are associated with tissue loss or following hernia
repair with synthetic meshes. These cannot be used in
the presence of an intestinal fistula because the enteric
contents will dissolve the collagen in the product.
REFERENCES
1
CONCLUSION
Laparoscopic hernioplasty is dependent upon the use of
prosthetic biomaterial and the in-growth that ensues. A
variety of synthetic and non-synthetic biomaterials are
available for implant. Surgeons should be aware of all of
the available products. The selection of the ideal prosthesis should be based upon experimental, clinical and longterm follow-up data. Newer biomaterials will probably
be developed in the future that may enhance the repair of
hernias.
6
7
8
9
4
Fixation devices for laparoscopic hernioplasty
KARL A. LEBLANC
Early devices
Later devices
Latest devices
25
27
27
Laparoscopic hernioplasty requires the use of a prosthetic biomaterial. Consequently, a method of fixation
will be necessary for all but the smallest of incisional and
some of the inguinal hernia prostheses. The earliest
attempts to repair inguinal hernias laparoscopically were
performed with the suture fixation of the mesh to the
structures of the inguinal floor. This was a very tedious
task, which greatly hindered the adoption of this new
technology. Manufacturers of instruments responded
with the development of different devices that delivered
metal fixation to secure the biomaterial to the inguinal
floor. The use of these devices is, of course, an integral
part of all laparoscopic hernia repairs. There have been a
number of these products that have not been successful
or even brought to large-scale production. These and the
newer instruments are discussed below.
The classification of these devices is arbitrary. Regardless of the product that is used by the surgeon, it is critical that each is used properly. Few surgeons are afforded
the opportunity to use these instruments for the first time
in the laboratory setting. Therefore, it is recommended
that the surgeon experiences the mechanism of delivery
of each device before using it in the operating room.
Proper surgical technique is critical for the correct application of these devices without exposing the patient to
untoward consequences.
Conclusion
References
EARLY DEVICES
Ger, in 1982, was the first to report the use of the laparoscope in the repair of an abdominal hernia.1 He reported
28
28
26 Overview
Figure 4.2 Ethicon EMS stapler and the staples that it fired.
LATER DEVICES
As laparoscopic surgery expanded into the many areas of
general surgery, there was an unsatisfactory realization
that hernias developed in trocar sites that were larger
than 5 mm. Because of this, the trocar sites of the larger
ports required fascial closure to prevent these hernias. In
an effort to decrease this risk, the use of 5-mm instead
of 10-mm trocars, wherever possible, became more frequent. However, all of the instruments mentioned above
required access with trocars that were at least 10 mm.
Further engineering refinements in all laparoscopic
instruments provided the surgeon with 5-mm instruments and laparoscopes. Origin Medsystems introduced
the first successful 5-mm fixation device (Figure 4.8). The
method of fixation of this new helical coil was a significant departure from the previous staples. Delivery with
the 5-mm size was accepted quickly. The apparent disadvantage of the inability to rotate or articulate the device
did not prove to be important to the vast majority of surgeons. This method of fixation was quite secure.
U.S. Surgical Corporation introduced a similar
product, the ProTack, shortly thereafter (Figure 4.9). The
ProTack is almost identical, conceptually, to the Origin
tacker. Both deliver a 5-mm titanium helical coil that
is screwed through the prosthesis and into the tissues.
The ProTack, however, allows the surgeon to unscrew the
tack after it is introduced if the placement is deemed to
be inadequate or inappropriate. Because the ends of
these devices cannot be manipulated, it is important to
use significant counter-pressure during the implantation
of these tacks. If not, poor placement can result and
LATEST DEVICES
Newer products have recently been introduced into the
hernia repair market. Like their predecessors, these have
unique characteristics. Onux Medical, Inc. has produced
the Salute fixation device (Figure 4.10). Unlike all of the
products discussed above, which used titanium as the
metal for the device, this construct is made of stainless
steel. This is the only reusable fixation device that has
been available commercially. Unlike the other products,
it does not deliver a preformed device into the tissues.
A construct is formed into a keyring shape as the trigger
is fired (Figure 4.11). This motion also cuts the wire at
the same time. While the device does require the use of
counter-pressure for placement, its method of delivery
makes it appealing for use in the upper abdomen, on
the diaphragm or at the esophageal hiatus. Although the
device does not seem to have as deep a penetration
into the tissues as the tack, experimental evidence has
shown that it is an effective method of fixation.10 Two
slightly different heads are available with this instrument. Some surgeons find the use of one or the other
preferable, in that the depth of penetration (depending
upon the particular surgeons technique) is affected by
the shape of the head. Because of the shape of the head,
the thickness of the wire is greater in the newer design.
Therefore, there are two different thicknesses of these
wires. Consequently, the spools of wire that are used
to deliver the coil are not interchangeable between these
devices.
28 Overview
CONCLUSION
The most recently developed product is the EndoAnchor by Ethicon Endosurgery, Inc. (Figure 4.12). This
allows the entire device to be loaded into either a
3-mm or a 5-mm shaft. To place this product into the
tissues, the trigger is fired first. Unlike all of the other
products, this maneuver does not deploy the device. A
large needle-like shaft is moved forward from inside the
end of the outer shaft (Figure 4.13). The anchor is contained within the end of the needle. The anchor is released
into the tissues as the trigger is released. Once this occurs,
the nitinol anchor assumes its shape after that movement
(Figure 4.14). The upper protrusions of the shaft of the
nitinol are the portion of the device that remains in
the tissues. The lower, larger hooks are positioned over
the prosthesis to hold it in place. Currently, there is only
a limited release of this device.
Laparoscopic hernioplasty requires fixation of the biomaterial. The devices described above are almost all in
use today. The effectiveness of the newer products will
become known with the passage of time. Whichever
product is chosen in the laparoscopic repair of hernias, it
is critical to use the device properly. Knowledge of the
mechanism of delivery and the concept that is applied in
the shape of the final delivered device is important.
Emerging technologies will continue to deliver newer
products for this operation.
REFERENCES
1
PART
Laparoscopic inguinal/femoral
hernioplasty
5
6
7
8
9
History
Anatomy and physiology
Intraperitoneal onlay mesh approach
Transabdominal pre-peritoneal approach
Totally extraperitoneal approach
33
41
47
53
65
75
83
89
5
History
MICHAEL S. KAVIC AND STEPHEN M. KAVIC
Hernia paradigm
Open hernia repair
Genesis of hernias
33
33
36
HERNIA PARADIGM
Before recorded or written history, humans are thought
to have managed hernia with taxis. From its Greek origin,
meaning the drawing up in rank and file, taxis for hernia
involved the use of finger or hand pressure to reduce the
displaced organ or tissue. Support after reduction, utilizing a belt or girdle to maintain the herniated content,
would have been a logical extension of taxis. Thus the first
paradigm for hernia management is most likely to have
been one of conservative, nonoperative management.
The date of the first operation for hernia and change
in the nonoperative paradigm is unknown. However,
allusion to an operative procedure for hernia was made
in one of the earliest written medical records, an ancient
Egyptian medical text known as the Ebers Papyrus.
George Moritz Ebers (183798), a professor of Egyptology at the University of Berlin, purchased an ancient
papyrus while traveling in Egypt in 1873. The papyrus
contained a collection of older works dating back to
30002500 BC. Ebers prepared a partial translation of
37
39
39
usual way with the hernial knife and reduced the incarcerated hernia. However, Marcy went a step further and
expanded the hernia technique then in vogue. Rather
than open the hernia sac, he reduced it and repaired the
defect by closing the constricting ring with carbolized
catgut suture.
Marcy, in his report of these procedures, emphasized
the use of Listers antiseptic technique and a new form of
sterile (carbolized catgut) suture. He stressed that the
two patients healed without infection. Almost as an
afterthought, he noted that both patients were cured of
their hernias. In truth, Marcy may have been the first to
have closed the internal ring for hernia repair and probably helped initiate the modern age of hernia repair.4
Although Marcy made significant contributions to
herniology, it is generally agreed that the Italian surgeon
Eduardo Bassini (18441924) is the progenitor of modern hernia repair (Figure 5.1). Bassini, in 1884, devised a
method of hernia repair that called for a three-layer
reconstruction of the inguinal floor.5 After division of the
posterior wall of the inguinal canal and herniotomy (high
ligation and excision of the sac), Bassini performed a
triple layer repair of the inguinal floor. He approximated
the internal oblique muscle, transversus abdominus
muscle, and transversalis fascia to the inguinal ligament.
According to Bassini, this herniorrhaphy technique (suture
reinforcement of the floor of the inguinal canal) repaired
the inguinal defect(s), re-established the obliquity of the
inguinal canal, and reconstructed the internal and external
inguinal rings, restoring all to competency.
The Bassini repair was logical from an anatomic perspective, and it worked in practice. It was also radical, as
the patient did not have to wear a truss after the procedure as in other repairs popular at the time.
Bassinis operation was a marked improvement over
what had preceded it. Unfortunately, the sound procedure that Bassini devised became corrupted during its
dissemination worldwide. Surgeons, particularly in the
History 35
GENESIS OF HERNIAS
History 37
Both Schultz and Corbitt abandoned the technique of plugand-patch repair because of excessive hernia recurrence
and changed their technique to one that utilized a large
prosthesis of polypropylene mesh in the pre-peritoneal
space that covered the entire myopectineal orifice.
Toy and Smoot42 in 1991, along with Salerno and
colleagues,43 took a somewhat different approach to
laparoscopic hernia repair. Both groups reported on an
intra-abdominal onlay technique subsequently dubbed the
intraperitoneal onlay of mesh (IPOM) procedure.4244
This technique involved a transabdominal examination
of the hernia defect and placement of synthetic mesh
directly on the peritoneal surface about the hernia defect.
Salerno and colleagues, in an animal model, investigated polypropylene as an onlay prosthesis.43 Toy and
Smoot utilized a prosthesis of expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE) stapled to the peritoneal surface.42
In the ToySmoot modification, no attempt was made
to shield the graft from intra-abdominal content for
the reason that previous animal studies suggested that
adhesions between ePTFE graft and abdominal viscera
were thin and inconsequential. The IPOM procedure
was satisfactory for small to moderately sized defects.
However, because staple bites were shallow (grasping
principally peritoneum) and because of difficulties in
visualizing substantial pre-peritoneal structures (Coopers
ligament, iliopubic tract, transversalis fascia, transversus
abdominus aponeurosis, etc.), larger hernias repaired
with this technique frequently recurred. With increased
intra-abdominal pressure, such as with coughing, straining or exercise, the mesh (attached principally to peritoneum) would slide into the hernia defect and the repair
would fail.
The early 1990s were a time of great intellectual
ferment in laparoscopic hernia surgery. While the intraabdominal onlay technique was being developed, several
groups, led most notably by Arregui45 and Dion,46
reported on a transabdominal pre-peritoneal patch technique that eventually became adopted widely. In no small
measure, this technique relied on the principles of hernia
repair established by Stoppa and his GPRVS.
After pneumoperitoneum was established, a laparoscope was inserted into the abdominal cavity, typically
via an umbilical port, and both groin areas were examined. Two additional ports, each placed lateral to the
rectus sheath and on a plane level with the umbilicus,
provided access for laparoscopic instrumentation. If an
inguinal hernia was identified, then an incision was made
into the peritoneum several centimeters above the superior margin of the inguinal hernia defect. The indirect or
direct hernia sac was reduced, and wide dissection of the
pre-peritoneal space was performed. No attempt was
made to obliterate the inguinal canal as in the plug-andpatch technique. Rather, a large portion of mesh, commonly 8 ! 13 or 10 ! 15 cm in size, was used to cover
History 39
adhesion formation. The rough side is placed in apposition to the abdominal wall, where its rough surface
encourages tissue adhesion. The graft is fixed circumferentially with staples or tacks and anchored with transfascial stay sutures placed at the four cardinal points of
the graft. Carbajo and colleagues prospectively compared
laparoscopic with open prosthetic repair of large incisional hernias.57 Their study suggested that laparoscopic
repair reduces complication rates and hernia recurrence
compared with open methods.
CONCLUSION
The successful repair of groin hernia can be accomplished in many ways. Conventional anterior herniorrhaphy, as described by Bassini and Shouldice, or
anterior hernioplasty, as advocated by Lichtenstein, are
effective procedures. These repairs, however, limit their
focus to the upper aspect of the myopectineal orifice and
neglect the lower aspect. They have been successful in
large measure because of the application of sound surgical principles to secure the hernia defect and because the
large majority of groin hernias pass through the indirect
or direct inguinal ring.
Laparoscopic access has advanced the art of hernia
repair, as the entire myopectineal orifice with its multiple
openings can be approached and exposed. Bilateral groin
hernias can be repaired without a large incision or multiple incisions. Hernias that may have been missed during
anterior repair (contralateral inguinal, femoral, occult
hernias) can be examined and repaired.58 Surgical
trauma to skin, subcutaneous tissue, fascia and muscle is
reduced. Moreover, the spermatic cord is not manipulated circumferentially, offering the possibility that
testicular vein thrombosis and testicular atrophy will be
lessened. Hernias that recur after open procedures can be
repaired laparoscopically without transgressing scarred
tissue of the previous procedure.
Over the past two decades, laparoscopic hernioplasty
has evolved from an experimental procedure to one of
proven efficacy. Groin hernia repair is not a simple exercise, and its practice requires skill and attention to detail.
Differing clinical situations demand different anatomic
approaches. Anterior open repair should probably be
considered for pediatric patients and for patients with
severe cardiopulmonary compromise, when repair may
be performed under local anesthesia. Bilateral inguinal
hernias, recurrent hernias, and unilateral hernias with a
suspected contralateral hernia, however, suggest that a
laparoscopic approach be considered.
The modern herniologist should be proficient in both
laparoscopic and open repair techniques. The myth that
the least skilled surgeon or resident can perform hernia
repair should be laid to rest. Hernia genesis involves
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
6
Anatomy and physiology
B. PAGE AND PATRICK J. ODWYER
41
42
43
44
44
44
Myopectineal orifice
Femoral canal and sheath
Nerves
Pathophysiology and conclusion
References
44
45
45
45
46
Lateral fossa
Medial fossa
Supravesical fossa
Testicular vessels
Vas deferens
Bladder
anterior superior iliac spines. The iliopubic tract is a condensation of the fascia transversalis and lies deep to the
inguinal ligament. Anterior to this natural division, in the
midline, the median umbilical ligament is observed,
which represents the obliterated remnant of the urachus
and extends from the fundus of the bladder to the umbilicus. On either side and lateral to this are the medial
umbilical ligaments, which represent the peritoneal folds
around the obliterated embryonic umbilical arteries.
Further laterally, one can observe the inferior epigastric
vessels, sometimes referred to as the lateral umbilical ligament. The inferior epigastric vessels are important landmarks for the hernia surgeon, as indirect inguinal hernias
pass lateral to them on their way through the internal ring
to the inguinal canal, while direct hernias pass medially
on their way through the transversalis fascia.
Posterior to the natural division between the abdomen
and pelvis, the bladder is noted in the midline and on either
side the venous pulsation of the external iliac vein and
the arterial pulsation of the external iliac artery. From this
view, it should also be possible, in male patients, to note
the vas deferens on its course through the internal ring
over the external iliac vessels and down the pelvic side well,
where it disappears to join the seminal vesicles on their
way into the prostatic urethra. The testicular artery and
vein should also be noted coursing lateral to the external
iliac artery. If at this stage one is performing laparoscopy
under local anesthesia, then it is worth asking the patient
to cough. It will be noted that the internal inguinal ring is
suddenly pulled upwards and laterally by the fascia transversalis sling, thus shutting the door to the inguinal canal.
PRE-PERITONEAL SPACE
The laparoscopic surgeon enters the pre-peritoneal space
either transperitoneally or totally extraperitoneally. Getting
into the right plane (i.e. immediately posterior to the rectus
muscle) is important (Figure 6.2), otherwise the space
between the pre-peritoneal fat and the deep layer of fascia transversalis is entered (Figure 6.3). This space contains numerous small blood vessels and is associated with
troublesome bleeding, while the space posterior to the
rectus muscle is avascular. The deep layer of fascia transversalis lies between the rectus muscle and the peritoneum,
with pre-peritoneal fat sandwiched between them. The
fascia transversalis extends laterally beyond the inferior
epigastric vessels and can be observed surrounding the
sac of an indirect hernia. It is particularly strong lateral to
the inferior epigastric vessels, and as it is pulled down to
open the space lateral to this it can be seen to interdigitate with the fibers of transversus abdominus muscle.
Inferiorly, in the midline, the fascia transversalis fuses
with the pubis, but it is quite flimsy here and breaks
easily with posterior movement of the laparoscope. In
the midline, it is seen to fuse with the linea alba and can
be difficult to separate from that structure when moving
to the contralateral side in bilateral hernia repair.
The pre-peritoneal space is in direct communication
with the retropubic space of Rietzius.1 Following the pubic
arch around on either side, the pectineal (Coopers) ligament comes into view (Figure 6.4). This is usually crossed
by the anastomotic pubic artery and vein, tributaries from
the inferior epigastric vessels, which course towards the
obturator foramen, where they join with their respective
pubic branch of the obturator vessels. An abnormal obturator artery arising from the inferior epigastric will be
seen in a similar location; observed in about 30 per cent
of cases, this is larger than the aforementioned vessels.
The pectineal ligament itself fans out over a broad area
of the superior pubic ramus, where medially it forms
the lacunar ligament and anteriorly it continues as the
iliopubic tract. The latter structure goes from the pubic
Rectus muscle
Transversus abdominus muscle
Ileopubic tract
Deep circumflex iliac
artery and vein
Iliacus muscle
Lateral cutaneous
nerve of thigh
Transversalis fascia
Femoral nerve
Lacunar ligament
Genital branch of
genitofemoral nerve
Femoral canal
Anastomotic pubic artery and vein
Testicular vessels
Vas deferens
Psoas mucle
Ileopsoas fascia (cut)
Bladder
Pectineal ligament
Obturator vessels and nerve
Obturator foramen
External iliac artery and vein
Figure 6.4 The pre-peritoneal pelvic anatomy with the iliopsoas fascia partially excised to expose the femoral nerve on the right side.
TRANSVERSALIS FASCIA
This fascial layer, which is thought to invest the entire
abdominal cavity, is a source of controversy for surgeons
and anatomists. Some argue that it is a weak layer with no
intrinsic strength, while others regard it as essential both
in the origin and repair of groin hernias. It is likely that
both of these statements are true and almost certainly
represent observations from different groups of patients
or cadavers. Some regard it as a bilamellar structure with
a strong anterior layer and a membranous deep layer.2
There is little doubt from the laparoscopists point of view
that a two-layer fascial structure exists. The anterior layer
of transversalis fascia can be seen easily when reducing a
direct hernia as an attenuated fascial structure that lines
the defect. The deep layer is observed when entering the
pre-peritoneal space subumbilically and immediately
posterior to the rectus muscle (Figure 6.3). Both structures appear strong and difficult to break through in the
young patient with an indirect hernia; in older patients,
both are flimsy, presumably because of a deficiency of collagen.3 Some regard the deep layer as a distinct structure
from the transversalis fascia. However, as it is followed
laterally it appears to interdigitate with the abdominal
muscles, making it likely that it is attenuated posterior
OBLIQUE MUSCLES
In addition to the transversus abdominus muscle, the
abdominal wall is composed of the internal and external
oblique muscles. The external oblique arises from the lower
eight ribs. From its fleshy origin, the muscle spans widely to
an aponeurotic insertion. Superiorly, the aponeurosis is
very thin and is attached to the xiphoid process. Inferiorly,
it is thick and inserts into the anterior superior iliac spine
and pubic tubercle as the taut inguinal ligament. In the
midline, the aponeurosis forms the anterior rectus sheath
and is inserted into the linea alba. Posteriorly, the external
oblique is not attached and forms part of the lumbar triangle. This, on occasion, may be a site for a lumbar hernia.
The internal oblique muscle arises from the lumbar
fascia, from the anterior two-thirds of the iliac crest, and
from the lateral part of the inguinal ligament. The muscle
fibers run parallel to the costal cartilages until they reach
the ninth rib, where they become aponeurotic. Above the
umbilicus, the tendinous aponeurosis of the internal
oblique splits to encircle the rectus muscle. At a point
2.5 cm below the umbilicus lies the arcuate line, the posterior layer that was once thought to not exist. It is now
recognized that the arcuate line merely marks the point
where the posterior rectus sheath goes from a strong fascial structure to a more attenuated membranous structure (Figure 6.3). The lower fibers of the internal oblique
originate at the inguinal ligament and arch downward
and medially with the fibers of transversus abdominus to
insert into the pubic crest anterior to the rectus muscle.
INGUINAL CANAL
The inguinal canal is an oblique intermuscular slit about
6 cm long, lying above the medial half of the inguinal
ligament. It begins at the deep (internal) ring and ends at
the superficial (external) ring. It transmits the spermatic
cord and the ilio-inguinal nerve in the male, and the round
ligament and the ilio-inguinal nerve in the female. The
anterior wall is formed by the external oblique aponeurosis medially and the internal oblique laterally. Its floor is
made up of the rolled edge of the inguinal ligament. The
lower edges of the internal oblique and the aponeurotic
arch of the transversus muscle form the roof of the canal.
These muscles arch over from in front of the cord laterally
to behind the cord medially. In adults, the posterior wall is
thus strong medially and weak laterally, where it is formed
by the transversalis fascia only. In children, however, the
inguinal canal is short (11.5 cm) and the internal and
external rings are almost superimposed on each other.
SPERMATIC CORD
The spermatic cord leaves the abdominal cavity via the
superficial ring. The coverings of the spermatic cord are
formed by the local muscles and fascia. The internal spermatic fascia is derived from fascia transversalis, cremaster muscle from internal oblique muscle, and external
spermatic fascia from external oblique aponeurosis. The
spermatic cord contains the testicular artery and vein, the
ductus deferens and its accompanying vessels, the cremasteric artery, lymphatics, and the genital branch of the
genitofemoral nerve. Until birth, the processus vaginalis,
the portion of the peritoneum that accompanies the testis
on its descent into the scrotum in embryonic life, remains
opened. In some children, delay in closure may result in
the development of a pediatric hernia. Although patent in
some adults, the role of the processus vaginalis in the
development of an indirect inguinal hernia is not certain.
It is likely that failure of the sphincter mechanism of the
inguinal region, the transversalis U-sling, combined with
contraction and flattening of the transversalis arch and
internal oblique muscle, which essentially closes the
inguinal canal, is more important.
MYOPECTINEAL ORIFICE
Fruchaud emphasized that all groin hernias originate from
a single weak area (Figure 6.5).7 This area is formed by the
abdominal wall muscles above, the arching fibers of the
transversus abdominus, the internal and external oblique
muscles, the bony pelvis below, ilium covered by the pectineal ligament, the rectus muscle medially, and the fascia
Ilio-inguinal nerve
Inferior epigastric vessels
Cremasteric vessels
Spermatic cord
Ileopsoas muscle
Inguinal ligament
Femoral vessels
Spermatic cord
Myopectineal orifice
NERVES
The nerves of most importance to the laparoscopic surgeon are the genitofemoral nerve, the lateral cutaneous
nerve of the thigh, and the femoral nerve. The genitofemoral nerve comes from the first and second lumbar
nerves and completes the innervation of the groin
Genital nerve
Inguinal ligament
muscle to its aponeurosis on the rectus sheath. This suggests an inherited anatomical variation that predisposes
certain individuals to the development of an inguinal
hernia and helps explain why one-third of patients will
have or develop a contralateral hernia while a similar
number will have a family history of a hernia.16
Although we have made significant progress in the
understanding of the anatomy and physiology of the
inguinal region, there is still a lot to learn. Advancements
in these areas will undoubtedly lead to the prevention of
some groin hernias and better treatment of existing
symptomatic hernias in the future.
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
7
Intraperitoneal onlay mesh approach
MORRIS FRANKLIN
Patient selection
Operating room set-up
Operative technique
48
48
49
Postoperative management
Conclusion
References
51
51
51
PATIENT SELECTION
Suction
irrigation
All adult patients with inguinal hernias and who are fit
for general anesthesia are considered candidates for a
laparoscopic IPOM procedure. Those patients with an
obliterated pre-peritoneal space secondary to radiation
or previous surgery (radical retropubic prostatectomy,
bladder surgery, vascular procedures, cesarean section,
etc.) are particularly good candidates in that a laparoscopic TAPP or TEP procedure would be technically
difficult or even impossible in this setting. Additionally,
those patients with a failed TAPP or TEP are ideal candidates for this approach, which allows for recurrent hernia
repair in virgin territory.
Relative contraindications include severe intraabdominal adhesions due to prior surgery, ascites, coagulopathy, severe underlying medical illness precluding general
anesthesia, and lack of appropriate laparoscopic skills.
Anesthesia
Cautery
Camera
holder
Laparoscopy
table
Assistant
surgeon
Surgeon
Scrub
nurse
Mayo
stand
Primary
video cart
Secondary
video cart
Hot plate
sequential
compression
devices
OPERATIVE TECHNIQUE
After inspection of the entire peritoneal cavity and lysis
of any remaining adhesions, the hernia site and the contralateral inguinal area are evaluated carefully. For proper
orientation, the surgeon should recognize the median,
medial and lateral umbilical ligaments. Just below the
posterior parietal peritoneum, the external iliac vein
and artery, the gonadal vessels, and, in males, the vas
deferens should be identified. The hidden course of the
genitofemoral nerve and the approximate course of the
lateral femoral cutaneous nerve should be recalled and
care taken to avoid rough dissection in this area. The exact
location of the ureter bilaterally should also be noted.
We now routinely remove direct and indirect hernia
sacs, since in our experience leaving the sac may perpetuate a bulge in the groin a bulge that patients and inexperienced surgeons interpret as an operative failure despite
repeated assurances that no bowel can enter the sac or
10/12mm port
5 mm port
5 mm port
Hernia
space. Division of the sac also gives access to the properitoneal area where a lipoma of the cord, if present, can be
excised. When operating for left-sided hernias, we often
find it necessary to divide the embryonic adhesions that
the sigmoid colon maintains with the parietal peritoneum
adjacent to the hernia defect. We excise the sac using
laparoscopic scissors connected to an electrosurgical unit.
First, the sac is inverted progressively into the peritoneal cavity using gentle traction. Once the inversion is
completed, the sac is incised, starting 1 or 2 cm from its
base at the 12 oclock position and proceeding clockwise to
about the 4 oclock position. The incision is then restarted
at the top and carried in an anticlockwise fashion until
approximately the 8 oclock position. The inversion of an
indirect inguinal hernia sac drags within it the fatty areolar tissue in which the gonadal vessels and the vas may be
embedded. This tissue must be bluntly and carefully swept
away from the sac anteriorly. Once separated fully from
the elements of the cord, the sac can then be safely excised
circumferentially and removed through a 10/12-mm port.
Small or capillary vessel bleeding during this phase of
the operation is controlled easily by pinpoint electrocoagulation. Large inguinoscrotal sacs and sacs in multiple recurrent hernias are ringed at the neck (incision of
the peritoneum circumferentially) and are left in place.
Bleeding and extensive edema may ensue if these sacs are
pursued aggressively.
Once the sac is removed, a piece of Polypropylene
mesh is prepared. The size of the mesh should be such
that it covers the hernia defect and extends 3 cm beyond
its rim in all directions at a minimum. We have found that
a 12 ! 15-cm portion of mesh covers most defects adequately. The folded mesh is introduced into the abdominal cavity. We have found that if the mesh is folded rather
than rolled, it will not have a tendency to curl once opened
and it will be much easier to manipulate and hold in place.
Once the mesh is unfolded, it is placed over the defect and
held there with grasping forceps.
The superior border of the mesh at its mid-portion
is then held tightly against the anterior abdominal wall.
A Keith needle attached to a 2-0 strand of Prolene, Ethicon,
Somerville, NJ is pushed through the abdominal wall and
through the mesh (Figure 7.3). Pressing gently on the
abdominal wall with ones finger and visualizing the indentation laparoscopically can establish the spot where the
1 mm incision is to be made and where the needle is to
pierce the abdominal wall. Through the same incision, a
13-gauge needle is then placed through the abdominal wall
and the mesh, parallel to the Keith needle. Once the Keith
needle is passed through the abdomen and mesh, it is
grasped, turned through 180 degrees, and pushed back
through the lumen of the 13-gauge needle, exiting through
the small skin incision (Figure 7.4). A clamp is applied to
the Prolene suture at skin level, which holds the mesh
tightly against the abdominal wall. The same procedure is
(a)
13G needle
Skin
Mesh
Peritoneum
(b)
Figure 7.4 (a) Keith needle being passed back through abdominal
wall via 13-gauge needle. (b) Diagrammatic representation.
REFERENCES
1
POSTOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT
Patients are generally discharged the evening of surgery
or after a 23-hour observation period, depending on age,
comorbidities, and difficulty of operation. They are
scheduled for follow-up office visits one to two weeks
following discharge and are instructed to be aware of urinary retention, neuralgia (from damage to the lateral
femoral cutaneous nerve), and scrotal swelling in men.
We ask that they avoid heavy lifting ("9 kg) for five
to seven days following surgery. However, after this
brief time period, they are allowed to perform activity as
tolerated.
4
5
CONCLUSION
The transabdominal approach to inguinal hernia repair
is not a new concept. Advocated by Marcy14 in 1887 and
by LaRoque15 in 1932, the transabdominal approach for
inguinal herniorrhaphy allows greater ease in identification of groin anatomy, determination of the type of hernia defect, and separation of incarcerated and adherent
structures to the sac.16,17 However, the morbidity associated with a laparotomy is far too great for repair of
an uncomplicated inguinal hernia. With the advent of
laparoscopic surgery, the benefits of the intra-abdominal
approach to inguinal herniorrhaphy can be enjoyed
without the morbidity of a laparotomy.
The IPOM procedure is relatively simple to perform
and carries with it all the potential advantages of a minimally invasive procedure with respect to the open inguinal
hernia repair, including less postoperative pain, earlier
return to normal activities, ability to clearly visualize
and repair all hernia defects bilaterally, easier repair of
recurrent hernias, and improved cosmesis. Disadvantages
of the IPOM technique include the necessity for general
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
8
Transabdominal pre-peritoneal approach
REINHARD BITTNER, CLAUS-GEORG SCHMEDT AND BERNHARD JOSEF LEIBL
Principles
Preoperative management
Instrumentation
Operative room set-up
Operative technique
53
54
55
55
56
PRINCIPLES
Indications
The mode of operation of TAPP follows the law of
physics according to Pascal.2 As a result of pre-peritoneal
placement of the prosthesis, i.e. between abdominal
pressure and the weak point in the abdominal wall, the
pressure that initially caused the hernia now acts as a
stabilizer for reconstruction. If the mesh chosen is
Special remarks
Postoperative management
Conclusion
References
61
63
63
63
sufficiently large, then laparoscopic pre-peritoneal hernioplasty can be seen as a completely tension-free method of
hernia repair, which dispenses with any and all kinds
of fixation. In contrast to this, the success of an anterior
mesh implant (Lichtenstein) depends on a strong external
oblique aponeurosis and on a row of well-placed fixation
sutures.
Laparoscopic hernioplasty can be used on any type of
hernia, with the exception of huge, non-reducible scrotal
hernia (more than double the size of a mans fist). In our
patient pool of more than 1100 hernia repairs yearly,
TAPP is used in 99 per cent of repairs.5 Conventional hernia repair operations are carried out only in young
patients (#20 years of age), in patients at high cardiopulmonary risk where a general anesthetic is refused, and in
patients who decline to accept implantation of prosthetic
materials.
Preferred indications are hernias recurring after conventional operations (with the advantage of avoiding
anterior scar areas),6 bilateral hernia (both sides can be
treated through the same three trocar incisions), and
hernias with extensive destruction of the rear wall of the
hernial canal (Nyhus type 3 with a defect diameter of
more than 3 cm, pantaloon hernia).7,8 Other accepted
indications are inguinal pain in athletes,9 after eliminating other possible causes, and hernias in patients who
wish to return to normal physical activity as quickly as
possible.
Pain in the inguinal area with no clinically or sonographically proven hernia sac or lipoma of the spermatic
cord is not seen as an indication for laparoscopic hernioplasty. Painstaking neurological (inguinal nerve neuralgia?) and orthopedic investigation is necessary. Strong
selection for operation is the only way to reduce significantly the frequency of postoperative chronic pain for
these patients. However, a clinically proven hernia, even
though a hernia sac may not have been identified laparoscopically, does necessitate complete dissection of the
inguinal region. As a rule, very often one will find a circumscribed lipoma of the inguinal canal or a fatty mass
that has moved into the inguinal canal. The operation is
then identical to a hernia repair.
Advantages of the TAPP technique over the totally
extraperitoneal (TEP) approach include the following:
Contraindications
The only absolute contraindication is for patients at high
cardiopulmonary risk who cannot be subjected to general
anesthesia or a pneumoperitoneum. A relative contraindication is seen in patients after extensive abdominal surgery,
especially after a lower abdominal laparotomy through a
midline incision as well as after surgery in the space of
Retzius (transabdominal prostate resection, bladder resection), after previous laparoscopic or endoscopic hernioplasty with mesh implant, and in patients with large, old,
irreducible scrotal hernia. Patients who have undergone the
above operations tend to develop extensive adhesions in
the abdominal space as well as substantial scarring between
the retroperitoneal structures. These patients present a risk
not only of increased bleeding but also of injury to the
intestinal organs and the bladder, as well as the large
abdominal vessels.
PREOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT
Anatomy/pathology
Clinical examination of the patient is indispensable. An
experienced examiner can diagnose correctly inguinal hernia with a total accuracy rate of 0.93. An additional sonographic examination can increase this figure to 0.94.12
Classification of the hernia into medial or lateral, or in
respect to the size of the defect, can be estimated only
approximately, both clinically and sonographically, achieving a total accuracy rate of correct diagnosis of only 0.62
and 0.53, respectively. Exact classification of the hernia is
therefore only possible intraoperatively.
Precise knowledge of anatomy is indispensable for
a successful laparoscopic hernia operation, especially
concerning the course of the epigastric vessels, the large
pelvic vessels, the corona mortis, and the inguinal nerves
(Figure 8.1).
Preoperative testing
In patients who are old ("60 years) or who have an
increased cardiopulmonary risk, an electrocardiogram
(ECG) and thoracic X-ray are essential. Additionally, if
necessary, blood and clotting tests should be run. Patients
should be asked whether they have taken aspirin and, if
necessary, platelet function assay (PFA) values should be
determined.
Some authors recommend evaluation of the colon for
pathology to eliminate a symptomatic hernia, especially
in older patients. If the patients history is uneventful,
however, this is not considered a routine examination.
A preoperative urethral catheter is not necessary. It
is usually sufficient to request that the patient empties
their bladder before being transported to the operating
theater. Should a full bladder be found during laparoscopy, however, a suprapubic urinary catheter can be laid
via percutaneous puncture.
MCL
INSTRUMENTATION
The following instruments are needed for a laparoscopic
hernioplasty:
Assistant
(camera)
Surgeon
10 mm
5 mm
12 mm
Scrub
nurse
Monitor
MCL
Assistant
(camera)
Surgeon
12 mm
10 mm
5 mm
Scrub
nurse
Monitor
MCL
MCL
Assistant changes
position for repair
of contralateral side
Surgeon changes
position for repair
of contralateral side
Assistant
(camera)
Surgeon
12 mm
10 mm
5 mm
Scrub
nurse
Monitor
OPERATIVE TECHNIQUE
The operation begins with the creation of the pneumoperitoneum and insertion of the camera trocar. The
pneumoperitoneum can be installed with the help of the
Veress needle or after open insertion of the optical trocar
(Hasson technique). If a patient has had no previous
abdominal surgery, then we prefer the Veress needle technique. Initially, a longitudinal skin incision about 1 cm
long is made along the upper border of the umbilicus.
The abdominal layers are held under maximum tension
(the umbilical area is lifted with two Backhaus clamps in
the corners of the incision), and the Veress needle is
inserted into the abdominal space under careful monitoring, as described by Semm.13 At the beginning of insufflation, the intra-abdominal pressure and the rate of gas flow
must be monitored carefully. Pressure must initially be
0 mmHg and the gas flow must be 23 liters CO2/min. If
the pressure is initially too high or the gas flow too low,
then the position of the needle must be checked and/or an
open approach into the abdominal space should be chosen.
If the patient has an umbilical hernia, we make a
23-cm-long horizontal incision at the upper border of the
umbilicus, dissect the hernial sac, and then use the Veress
needle or the optical trocar to gain entry to the abdominal
space through the hernial gap (fascial closure in these
patients follows at the end of the operation in the same
way as for umbilical hernias). If intra-abdominal pressure
reaches 12 mmHg and the aspiration test is regular, then
the optical trocar is inserted. The abdominal wall should
again be held under maximum tension. The optical trocar
is then inserted into the abdominal cavity in the direction
of the center of the navel with slightly rotating movements, the most effective way to avoid slipping on the
fascia. By using this technique, the danger of inadvertent
injury to the small or large intestines or large vessels is kept
at a negligible minimum.
If intra-abdominal adhesions are expected, especially
after prior median laparotomy, then the open technique
according to Hasson should be chosen to insert the optical trocar. After the somewhat larger skin incision has
been made, the linea alba is dissected and opened up far
enough between two Kocher clamps to allow insertion of
a finger. After opening the peritoneum, the finger is
inserted into the abdominal space to check for and/or
eliminate possible adhesions. The optical trocar can then
be inserted and the pneumoperitoneum created.
Now the further steps of the operation are under direct
view. In cases of a bilateral hernia, both the working trocars, 5 mm left, 12 mm right, are introduced into the midclavicular line at the level of the umbilicus. If the hernia is
unilateral, then we recommend inserting the ipsilateral
working trocar about 12 cm above the navel area and/or
the contralateral working trocar about 13 cm below the
navel region (Figures 8.28.4). In this way, collisions with
the optical trocar can be avoided. In order to dissect the
inguinal region, the surgeon uses the right hand to operate the Metzenbaum Endo-scissors, which are connected
to monopolar electrocautery. The left hand operates the
Endo-Overholt.
The transabdominal technique allows immediate assessment of the hernia situation. The operative procedure is
During this phase, early identification of some anatomical structures (landmarks), including the epigastric vessels, symphysis and Cooper ligament, and iliopubic tract,
is important, especially in obese patients or in unclear
hernia situations (Figure 8.7). Only when these structures
have been identified properly can dissection continue, following the structures in the direction of the hernial orifice/
hernial sac. Special attention must be paid to dissection
underneath the iliopubic tract, in order to avoid injury to
nerves (N. cutaneus femoris lateralis, N. genitofemoralis)
or vessels (Figure 8.8). Clumsy and obscure use of electrocoagulation and placement of clips are strictly prohibited.
Any bleeding that occurs must be controlled immediately to keep the site clearly visible and to avoid increased
light absorption, which would cause insufficient lighting
Figure 8.12 Tip of the hernia sac clearly visible in front of the
left Endo-Overholt. Strong adhesions to the cremasteric bundle
(in front of the right Endo-Overholt) can be removed after
careful electrocoagulation.
be followed in a lateral direction. Detachment of the hernial sac from the internal inguinal ring in the region of its
upper circumference can therefore be carried out relatively quickly, as there is usually no danger of injury to
the spermatic cord (Figure 8.12). If an accompanying
lipoma of the spermatic cord is present, this can usually
be mobilized out of the inguinal canal relatively easily;
sometimes, only then is it possible to make an approach
to the hernial sac.
Dissection is mainly blunt, adhering strictly to the
hernial sac with careful hemostasis. If there are irremovable adhesions between the hernial sac and the cremaster
tube or spermatic cords, then these are electrodissected
Figure 8.14 Partly blunt, partly sharp removal of the hernia sac
towards the abdomen while performing meticulous hemostasis
of the spermatic structures (parietalization).
the hernial sac has been reached, the rest of the procedure
is simple (Figure 8.14). Partly blunt, partly sharp (electrocoagulation) dissection is now carried out in the direction
of the abdominal cavity, and the hernial sac is detached
completely from the spermatic cords. This procedure is
known as parietalization. Parietalization (i.e. detachment
of the hernial/peritoneal sac from the retroperitoneum
and/or from the spermatic fascia covering the retroperitoneum and the spermatic cord) is performed in the direction of the head, as far as the mid-psoas muscle, so that
there is no longer any contact between the peritoneum
and the vas deferens medially and between the testicular
vessels and the peritoneum laterally. Manipulation of the
peritoneum should no longer lead to changes in the position of the spermatic cords. Extensive parietalization is
especially important when an unslitted mesh is to be
inserted. This is the only way to ensure that when the peritoneum is closed, any adhesions that may be left behind
do not displace the mesh into a position that could lead to
a recurrence. If extensive parietalization is not possible,
which does happen very rarely (sometimes in a patient
with a recurrence after TAPP), then a slitted mesh can be
introduced, causing the dorsal portion of the mesh to take
up a position behind the spermatic cords.
After this dissection, the entire myopectineal orifice is
free of peritoneum and fatty tissue, thereby allowing complete identification of the epigastric vessels, the internal
inguinal ring, Hesselbachs triangle, Coopers ligament,
the iliopubic tracts, the testicular vessel bundle, and the
vas deferens (Figure 8.15). A 10 ! 15-cm polypropylene
mesh can now be inserted. The mesh is folded like an
umbrella over the ReddickOlson Endo-forceps and
pushed through the 12-mm working trocar into the
inguinal region, where, due to the memory effect, it can
be spread out easily. The mesh should be positioned with-
Clip position in
TAPP technique
! Clip position
! Forbidden area
Suturing of the lateral fascial openings is not necessary when blunt, radially expanding trocars are used,
because the rectus muscle covers these openings. The
fascial opening for the camera trocar should always
be closed with suture to avoid the occurrence of a late
postoperative trocar hernia.
SPECIAL REMARKS
A drain is generally not necessary, but in the case of large
scrotal hernias, a retroperitoneal closed suction drain
ought to be used, placed between the mesh and the
abdominal wall.
Bilateral hernia
The identical standard technique is used separately
for each side, with implantation of a 10 ! 15-cm polypropylene mesh on each side.15
Median
operation
time (min)
Morbidity
rate (%)
Reoperation
rate (%)
Recurrence
rate (%)
Median
return to
work (days)
47
35
45
65
3.0
2.2
4.5
4.8
0.4
0.5
1.0
1.1
0.8
0.6
1.1
2.7
14
15
21
19
Scrotal hernia
In comparison to the TEP technique, the advantage of
the TAPP technique on scrotal hernia is the immediate
identification of adhesions of the intestinal loops within
the hernial sac, so that trauma to the wall of the bowel
(e.g. by electrocoagulation on the hernia sac) can be
avoided completely. The operation is performed strictly
according to the standard technique, as mentioned above,
almost exclusively using the two Endo-Overholt technique and the rope-ladder principle. Especially important
in this kind of hernia is the fat-free dissection of the
internal inguinal ring, the detachment of all lipomatous
masses from the inguinal canal, the spermatic cord and
the hernial sac, early preparation of testicular vessels, and
carefully controlled hemostasis.14 In the case of a very
large internal inguinal ring, a 10 ! 15-cm standard mesh
may be too small because it is not possible to overlap the
upper border of the hernial ring by the required minimum 3 cm. Therefore, in these patients we prefer to use a
15 ! 15-cm mesh.
POSTOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT
On the evening after the operation, the patient is allowed
to get up and use the toilet. The patient may drink freely
and may have a light meal if desired. A diclofenac 100 mg
suppository is provided as needed. A one-night stay in
the hospital is obligatory for insurance reasons in
Germany, where the authors of this chapter work. On the
following morning, we recommend that the patient
moves around freely and begins light stretching exercises
for the inguinal region. The patient should decide when
to be discharged. As a rule, patients leave the hospital
between the second and fourth postoperative day. Before
discharge, sonography of both inguinal regions and
scrotum is performed routinely. Sutures are removed (as
an outpatient) on the sixth postoperative day. From the
eighth to the tenth postoperative day, we recommend
return to work and resumption of normal physical activity. All patients are included in a follow-up program and
requested to attend a specific hernia consultation four
weeks and one, three and five years postoperatively.
CONCLUSION
Laparoscopic hernia repair is a well-standardized repair
technique, suitable for all types of inguinal and femoral
hernias. The procedure combines highest patient comfort
with low morbidity and recurrence rates. However, fundamental training in laparoscopic surgery is an important
prerequisite for good results. When laparoscopic procedures are established in a surgical department, this technique can be performed on a routine basis, even as a
teaching operation.
REFERENCES
1
6
7
8
9
10
Stoppa RE, Rives JL, Warlaumont CR, et al. The use of Dacron in
repairs of hernias of the groin. Surg Clin N Am 1984; 64: 26985.
Ugahary F, Simmermacher RKJ. Groin hernia repair via a gridiron
incision: an alternative technique for preperitoneal mesh insertion.
Hernia 1998; 2: 1235.
Arregui MD, Davis CJ, Yucel O, Nagan RF. Laparoscopic mesh repair
of inguinal hernia using a preperitoneal approach: a preliminary
report. Surg Laparosc Endosc 1992; 2: 538.
Bittner R, Leibl BJ, Kraft K, et al. Laparoscopic transperitoneal
procedure for routine repair of groin hernia. Br J Surg 2002; 89:
10626.
Felix EL, Michas C, McKnight RL. Laparoscopic repair of recurrent
groin hernia. Surg Laparosc Endosc 1994; 4: 2004.
Nyhus LM. Individualization of hernia repair: a new era. Surgery
1993; 114: 12.
Schumpelick V, Treutner KH, Arlt G. Inguinal hernia repair in
adults. Lancet 1994; 344: 3759.
Ingoldby CJH. Laparoscopic and conventional repair of groin
disruption in sportsmen. Br J Surg 1997; 84: 21315.
EU Hernia Trialists Collaboration. Repair of groin hernia with
synthetic mesh meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials.
Ann Surg 2002; 235: 32232.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
9
Totally extraperitoneal approach
ED FELIX
Principles
Preoperative management
65
66
Postoperative management
References
73
74
PRINCIPLES
A surgeon must be experienced in conventional anterior
approaches as well as both laparoscopic approaches
(TAPP and TEP) in order to make a rational decision on
which hernioplasty best fits an individual patient and hernia. The laparoscopic approach that is chosen depends
upon the surgeons level of experience, the type of hernia
present, and the patients past history. For most patients, I
favor the TEP approach because it avoids entering the
peritoneal cavity, it requires less operative time, and it has
less potential for complications than the TAPP approach.
There are, however, a few exceptions. The TAPP approach
is preferred if the patient has an incarcerated hernia,
because this approach allows for an accurate analysis of
what is incarcerated and its viability, as well as safe and
usually easy reduction of the contents of the hernia.
When the hernia is incarcerated, balloon dissection of the
extraperitoneal space may lead to a large tear in the
peritoneum or injury to incarcerated omentum, bowel or
bladder. The extraperitoneal approach and especially the
use of a balloon dissector should be avoided if the hernia
cannot be reduced after the induction of anesthesia.
In female patients with abdominal pain, the etiology
of the pain may be in question. When a surgeon needs to
differentiate between pain secondary to a groin hernia
and other possible causes, such as endometriosis, one
should perform a diagnostic laparoscopy followed by a
TAPP repair when indicated. For female patients where
PREOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT
Anatomy and pathology
Understanding the anatomy of the groin has never been
easy, but it has always been important to the performance
of a successful inguinal hernia repair. Because the posterior anatomy of the groin is being viewed in an unfamiliar way, it can be even more difficult to understand it.
Consequently, without a complete knowledge of the
normal and pathological anatomical structures of the
posterior groin, any laparoscopic posterior repair will
be doomed to failure. (See Chapter 6 for an overview of the
anatomy/physiology of the inguinal region.) The easiest
way to learn the normal anatomy of the posterior wall is to
first view it through a transabdominal route (Figure 9.1).
Once the surgeon understands the normal and pathological aspects of the posterior anatomy via a TAPP approach,
then dissection of the extraperitoneal space and exposing
the anatomy of the posterior space via a TEP approach can
be undertaken. Because the anatomical structures are not
obvious until the dissection is completed, it is key that the
surgeon understands what is being dissected in order to
prevent becoming lost or confused. Serious complications
to major vessels and nerves can occur, especially when
there is a large indirect or femoral hernia.
To proceed without injuring normal structures,
the surgeon must identify certain landmarks. Once the
extraperitoneal space is developed, identification of the
pubis will allow proper orientation of the other structures. The next landmark is the inferior epigastric vessels,
(a)
(a)
(b)
(b)
(c)
Preoperative testing
Inguinal hernia repair does not require extensive preoperative testing, but it does require determination of
whether the patient is a candidate for general anesthesia.
If general anesthesia is thought to be safe, then the surgeons next step is to make sure that there are no other
contraindications to laparoscopic hernia repair. If there
are none, then the most appropriate laparoscopic
approach can be selected, as outlined earlier. Before
proceeding to the operating room, however, a complete
examination of both groins by the operating surgeon is
essential. If the surgeon actively looks for a possible
hernia on the contralateral side, then we have shown in a
prospective study that very few contralateral hernias will
be missed.8 It is not necessary to expose the opposite side
to look for a second hernia during a TEP repair if the surgeon has performed a proper preoperative examination.
In addition, the surgeon should determine whether the
hernia is reducible. If it is incarcerated, then a TAPP
approach should be chosen. This avoids complications
caused by the blind dissection of the incarcerated hernia
sac. The TAPP approach also allows the surgeons ability
to evaluate the viability of the incarcerated contents.
Instrumentation
TEP hernioplasty does not require many specialized
instruments. A balloon dissector and balloon Hasson
trocar (Figure 9.5) make the extraperitoneal dissection
easier and simpler for most surgeons, but they are not
mandatory. We use a straight 10-mm endoscope, but
some surgeons prefer an angled scope. Unipolar scissors
for dissection and a bipolar coagulator to control bleeding are useful. At least two atraumatic graspers are
needed to perform the dissection, and endoloop sutures
Operative technique
We begin the procedure with a small transverse skin incision 2.5 cm lateral to and just below the umbilicus on the
side of the hernia (or the dominant hernia if bilateral
hernias are present). By avoiding the midline of the
fascia, we avoid entering the peritoneal cavity where the
anterior and posterior rectus sheaths merge. We choose
the side of the dominant hernia because we use a balloon
dissector that will dissect more completely on the side
that it is placed. This makes the rest of the dissection simpler. We identify the anterior rectus sheath by carefully
spreading the subcutaneous fat with a Mayo clamp. The
small vessels in the fat should not be torn at this point,
because bleeding in the tiny hole will make identification
of the anterior rectus sheath difficult. Two S retractors
are placed in the wound and used to expose the white
fibers of the fascia. An 11 blade is used to incise the fascia
exposing the rectus muscle. One of the S retractors is
placed under the muscle like a shoehorn; the muscle is
elevated, thereby allowing visualization of the posterior
sheath. A finger is used to dilate the space in preparation
for the placement of a balloon dissector.
Because the posterior rectus sheath usually ends at the
line of Douglas, an instrument such as the balloon dissector can be passed on top of the sheath, allowing it to automatically fall into the extraperitoneal space. The dissector is
placed behind the rectus muscle with its tip on the posterior rectus sheath. Aiming it slightly upward, we gently slide
on top of the sheath toward the pubis until the pubic bone
is palpated. If resistance is encountered, then the dissector
must not be forced into the space because it will tear the
peritoneum. A second attempt to pass the instrument can
be tried after dilating the space with a finger, but if that fails
(a)
(b)
Figure 9.6 Reducing the direct hernia. INF, inferior epigastric vessels.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Figure 9.8 Reducing the indirect sac. IND SAC, indirect sac.
(a)
(b)
that any wrinkles or folds are removed. If aberrant obturator vessels are present coursing over the pubis, they
must be avoided otherwise serious bleeding can result.
Other anchors are placed into the mesh and transversalis
fascia medial to the inferior epigastric vessels, whereupon
the mesh is smoothed out in a lateral direction, making
Mesh placement
Spermatic cord
Iliac vessels
Vas deferens
POSTOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT
Postoperative management for patients undergoing
laparoscopic inguinal hernioplasty is fairly standardized.
The surgery is usually performed under general anesthesia and patients are observed for approximately two to
three hours before discharge. They are allowed to resume
normal activities as soon as they feel that they are
capable. No restrictions are placed upon the patients. We
allow patients to return to work and physical activity as
soon as their pain tolerance allows them to do so. On
average, patients are back to 80 per cent of full activity in
less than a week and are able to perform fairly physical
activity, such as riding a bicycle, by the second week.
Some patients develop a seroma at the site of the hernia.
This, in fact, may mimic a recurrence, but it will reabsorb in
90 per cent of patients by six weeks. If it is not uncomfortable for the patient, it is observed and then aspirated only
if it is present after six weeks and if it appears that it is
not resolving. We have not found it necessary to use
ultrasonography to diagnosis a seroma, but rather have
been able to rely on physical exam alone. On only one occasion did we misinterpret the findings as a recurrent hernia
when it was actually a contained fluid collection.12
Using our extraperitoneal technique with and, more
recently, without anchors, we have maintained a recurrence rate of less than 0.5 per cent over the last ten years.
Short- and long-term morbidity, convalescence and satisfaction of all patients have been excellent. Because the
procedure can be performed rapidly and in an outpatient
setting, the overall cost has remained comparable to
other methods of hernia repair. The keys to a successful
laparoscopic technique are an understanding of the
posterior anatomy, perfection of the laparoscopic skills
required to perform advanced laparoscopic surgery,
and knowledge of the limitations of the laparoscopic
approach to inguinal hernia repair.
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
Femoral and pelvic herniorrhaphy
CHRISTINE A. ELY AND MAURICE E. ARREGUI
Demographics
History of repair
Techniques
Postoperative care
75
76
76
77
Pectineus muscle
Rare
Obturator hernia
(Anatomically least weak)
77
81
82
DEMOGRAPHICS
Femoral hernias are much less common than inguinal
hernias, with an incidence of two to four per cent of all
groin hernias.1 They are more common in women, with
reported male/female ratios of 1 : 1.6 to 1 : 3.1,2 The incidence and rate of repair increase with age.1 The femoral
hernia is located most frequently on the right.1 Obturator
hernias, although extremely rare, are the most common
of the pelvic hernias. Their incidence is reported to be
0.050.07 per cent of all groin hernias. They typically
occur in an emaciated, dehydrated, multiparous female
patient. The patients may have a positive Howship
Romberg sign or a palpable upper-thigh mass. The
HowshipRomberg sign is positive when medial thigh and
hip pain is created or exacerbated by adduction and
medial rotation of the thigh and relieved by thigh flexion.3
More often, however, symptoms are vague, and patients
frequently present with small-bowel obstruction with
either intermittently incarcerating or strangulated small
bowel. Ones level of suspicion, therefore, needs to be high.
HISTORY OF REPAIR
Femoral hernias have been repaired anteriorly with and
without mesh, or with a mesh plug, as well as via the
suprainguinal ligament approach or the infrainguinal
approach. They have been repaired posteriorly via open
pre-peritoneal approaches and, most recently, laparoscopically using the transabdominal pre-peritoneal (TAPP) or
totally extraperitoneal (TEP) approach. Reports have
varied with regards to complications, with the rate of
recurrences varying from poor to good.48 Reports are
now emerging regarding the success of the laparoscopic
repair of these hernias.8
A variety of approaches for repair of the obturator
hernia has been used. The abdominal, inguinal (extraperitoneal or retroperitoneal), retropubic, and obturator
approaches have been described, as well as different combinations of these incisions. The abdominal approach has
seemed to be the best approach because it provides simultaneous diagnosis and repair and allows the resection of
compromised bowel if necessary. The obturator defect has
been closed with sutures or mesh, or with tissue, such as a
flap of adductor longus, the round ligament, or a portion
of the bladder wall.9,10 Most recently, the laparoscopic
approach has been applied to these hernias (Figures 10.2
and 10.3). The reports are few but the results are favorable,
and this approach also affords the above-mentioned
benefits of the open abdominal approach.
a
c
b
a
c
d
TECHNIQUES
If the hernia is discovered preoperatively, our approach
of choice is the extraperitoneal approach. If the hernia is
discovered during diagnostic laparoscopy, either it may
be repaired via the TAPP approach or the pre-peritoneal
space may be insufflated and an extraperitoneal approach
may be used, as described below.
We perform extraperitoneal repair of indirect and
direct inguinal hernias. Femoral hernias and obturator
hernias are repaired in a similar fashion. As we will point
out, the most important concept is wide coverage of all
hernia orifices with mesh to prevent recurrence.
General endotracheal anesthesia is used. After infiltrating with 0.5 per cent bupivacaine with epinephrine
(adrenaline), a 5-mm incision is made in a skin fold in
the inferior portion of the umbilicus. A Veress needle
is introduced for insufflation of carbon dioxide to a
pressure of 15 mmHg. A 5-mm trocar is then inserted,
followed by a general inspection of the peritoneal cavity
POSTOPERATIVE CARE
The patient is observed in the recovery room for one to
two hours. The majority of electively repaired patients
are then discharged home on the same day. Most patients
are given a prescription for propoxyphene for pain control. The patient is restricted only from driving for two to
three days, or until they are pain-free and not requiring
narcotic analgesics. Patients may bathe the same day and
may return to work or full activity without restrictions
when they feel ready.11
Sciatic hernia
Sciatic hernias are very rare. A literature search on
Medline from 1966 to 1996 generated only 57 reported
cases of sciatic hernias.12 A sciatic hernia is a protrusion
of a peritoneal sac and its contents through the greater or
lesser sciatic foramen. They may be congenital or, more
commonly, acquired. The defect usually results from
weakness of the piriformis muscle from a chronic
increase in the intra-abdominal pressure, such as in pregnancy, severe constipation, surgery or trauma. It can also
occur because of atrophy of the muscle caused by neuromuscular or hip disease.13 The hernia sac can protrude
through one of three openings: the greater sciatic foramen above the piriformis muscle, the greater sciatic foramen below the piriformis muscle, or the lesser sciatic
foramen (Figure 10.4). Typical symptoms include intermittent pain radiating to the buttocks and/or posterior
thigh, with or without a palpable mass deep to the gluteus maximus muscle. The most common contents of a
sciatic hernia are small bowel, ovary (with or without the
adjacent fallopian tube), and ureter.13
The sciatic hernia has traditionally been approached
transabdominally, with reduction of the hernia, excision
of the sac, and either suture closure or mesh coverage of
the defect. Alternatively, if it is diagnosed preoperatively
and it is easily reducible, the hernia could be repaired
from a transgluteal approach.
The largest series of patients who underwent laparoscopic repair of a sciatic hernia consisted of 20 women
who underwent diagnostic laparoscopy for pelvic pain
and were found to have a sciatic hernia, which was then
repaired via laparoscopic approach.14 When a sciatic hernia was identified, the contents were reduced. The peritoneum was elevated and transected transversely with
endoscopic scissors. The obturator internus and coccygeus muscles were identified with the use of blunt dissection. A 6.0 ! 12.5-cm piece of Surgipro mesh (U.S.
Surgical) was then folded and placed into the space that
had been created by the atrophic piriformis muscle.
Supravesical hernia
Supravesical hernias are rare hernias that herniate
through the supravesical fossa of the anterior abdominal
wall. They are classified as either external (those that pass
downward through the supravesical fossa to become
Piriformis muscle
a
Sacrospinous ligament
b
Sacrotuberous ligament
(a)
Posterior sacroiliac
ligament
Posterior inferior
iliac spine
Piriformis muscle
Sacrospinous ligament
Sacrotuberous ligament
Greater trochanter
Lesser sciatic foramen
Ischial tuberosity
Sciatic nerve
(b)
Quadratus femoris
muscle
e
d
a
c
b
Perineal hernia
Perineal hernias are very rare true hernias, which are usually found in women. These defects are characterized by a
peritoneal sac that has herniated between the muscles and
fascia of the perineal floor.16 They can be categorized as
either anterior or posterior to the superficial transverse
perineus muscle. Anterior perineal hernias pass through
the pelvic and urogenital diaphragms, lateral to the
urinary bladder and vagina and anterior to the urethra
(Figure 10.6). They have also been referred to as pudendal,
labial, lateral and vaginal-labial hernias. These hernias are
unique to women and may contain intestine or bladder.
Posterior perineal hernias pass directly through the
components of the pelvic diaphragm. Their content is
usually omentum or small bowel, which lie between the
rectum and uterus. The hernia usually remains lateral to
the uterosacral ligament and posterior to the broad ligament. There are two possible locations, an upper posterior hernia between the pubococcygeus and iliococcygeus
muscles, and a lower posterior hernia between the iliococcygeus and coccygeus muscles, below the lower
margin of the gluteus maximus muscle. Posterior perineal
hernias may occur in men or women, but they are more
common in men.13,17
Laparoscopic repair of these hernias has been
described as an approach for maximum visualization of
Ischiocavernous muscle
Bulbocavernosus muscle
Superficial transverse
perineal muscle
External anal sphincter
Coccygeus muscle
Figure 10.6 The female perineum, showing possible sites of perineal hernias. A primary perineal hernia may occur anterior or
posterior to the superficial transversus perineal muscle. An anterior hernia protrudes through the urogenital diaphragm, lateral to the
urinary bladder and vagina (a, b). Anterior hernias occur only in women. A posterior perineal hernia may merge between bundles of
levator ani muscle (c), or between that muscle and the coccygeus muscle, midway between the rectum and the ischial tuberosity (d).
From Carter JE. Hernias. In: Howard FM, Perry CP, Carter JE, et al., eds. Pelvic Pain: Diagnosis and Management. Philadelphia: Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins, 2000: 385413, with permission.
Prevascular hernia
Prevascular hernias are a variation of the femoral hernia
in which the sac is situated in the femoral sheath, but
anterior to the femoral vessels rather than medial to
them as in the usual fashion.18 This hernia was originally described by Teale in 1846. Other related hernias
have been described that protrude through the femoral
sheath in strict continuity with the femoral vessels but in
various locations and are separated from the vessels only
by adventitia (Figure 10.7). There is one report of a
patient who simultaneously had two bilateral femoral
hernias (total of four femoral hernias).18
This group of hernias is rare, with a reported incidence
of 1.72.5 per cent of all femoral hernias.19 However,
recent reports suggest that these hernias may be more
common than originally recognized. In a retrospective
study in which 105 femoral hernias were identified in an
Hesselbach
(lateral femoral)
Teale
(prevascular)
Serafini
(retrovascular)
Femoral
Callisen-- Cloquet
Laugier
CONCLUSION
(a)
(d)
(f)
REFERENCES
(b)
(e)
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
11
Results of laparoscopic inguinal/femoral
hernia repair
KETAN M. DESAI AND NATHANIEL J. SOPER
83
84
85
86
86
86
87
Procedure
Number
Follow-up
(months)
Recurrence
rate (%)
TEP
TEP
TEP
TEP
TEP
TEP
TEP
TEP
TEP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
1605
99
96
256
100
779
118
199
71
138
34
536
204
12
24
12
40
8
30
22
36
12
12
35
17
12
1.3
0
0
5
0
0.2
0
0
0
2.9
0
0.6
2
Study
No.
randomized
Open
Laparoscopic
Open
Laparoscopic
994
268
200
108
240
280
100
38
79
53
613
60
403
100
292
Various
Shouldice
Shouldice
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
TEP
TAPP
TEP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
TAPP
TEP
TEP
6
2
5
0
0
1
0
0
3
7
5
8
0
2
3
3
3
2
4
0
1
0
0
14
0
2
13
0
6
2
SUMMARY
Recurrence rates following various open hernia repair
techniques have ranged from less than one per cent to more
than ten per cent at long-term follow-up. Laparoscopic
techniques that were introduced in the early 1990s show
promise in treating unilateral, bilateral and recurrent hernias with respect to less postoperative pain, earlier recovery,
and improved cosmesis (Table 11.3). Recurrences that do
occur following laparoscopic repair are usually the result of
inadequate lateral pre-peritoneal dissection or an inadequate size of the prosthesis. In addition, the skill and experience of the operating surgeon greatly affect the rate of
recurrence, such that results during the initial learning
curve are worse than later in a surgeons operative series. In
addition, the lack of an inguinal incision, avoidance of
extensive dissection, creation of a tension-free repair, and
low complication rates all contribute to more rapid return
to normal activity following laparoscopic inguinal hernia
repair.
Comparing laparoscopic and open inguinal herniorrhaphy, differences in outcomes regarding postoperative
pain, return to work, and analgesia requirements have
generally favored the laparoscopic approach. However,
potential limitations to the laparoscopic approach include
increased cost, the requirement for general anesthesia,
and a steep learning curve. Disadvantages to laparoscopic hernia repair include the widespread use of general anesthesia and the potential for visceral and vascular
complications, unique to the laparoscopic approach
(Table 11.4).
Table 11.3 Potential advantages of laparoscopic inguinal
hernia repair
Less difficulty in repairing a recurrent hernia
Ability to treat bilateral hernia via same incisions
Performance of simultaneous diagnostic laparoscopy (TAPP)
Less postoperative pain
Reduced recovery time
Improved cosmesis
REFERENCES
1
2
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Knook MT, Weidema WF, Stassen LP, van Steensel CJ. Laparoscopic
repair of recurrent inguinal hernias after endoscopic
herniorrhaphy. Surg Endosc 1999; 13: 11457.
Smith AI, Royston CM, Sedman PC. Stapled and nonstapled
laparoscopic transabdominal preperitoneal (TAPP) inguinal hernia
repair. A prospective randomized trial. Surg Endosc 1999; 13:
8046.
Johansson B, Hallerbck Glise H, Anesten B, et al. Laparoscopic
mesh versus open preperitoneal mesh versus conventional
technique for inguinal hernia repair: a randomized multicenter
trial (SCUR Hernia Repair Study). Ann Surg 1999; 230: 22531.
Liem MSL, van der Graaf Y, van Steensel CJ, et al. Comparison of
conventional anterior surgery and laparoscopic surgery for
inguinal-hernia repair. N Engl J Med 1997; 336: 15417.
Paganini AM, Lezoche E, Carle F, et al. A randomized, controlled,
clinical study of laparoscopic vs open tension-free hernia repair.
Surg Endosc 1998; 12: 97986.
Zieren J, Zieren HU, Jacobi CA, et al. Prospective randomized study
comparing laparoscopic and open tension-free inguinal hernia
repair with Shouldices operation. Am J Surg 1998; 175: 3303.
Koninger JS, Oster M, Butters M. Management of inguinal hernia:
a comparison of current methods. Chirurg 1998; 69: 13404.
Payne JH, Jr, Grininger LM, Izawa MT, et al. Laparoscopic or open
inguinal herniorrhaphy? A randomized prospective trial. Arch Surg
1994; 129: 9739, 97981.
Heikkinen T, Haukipuro K, Leppala J, Hulkko A. Total costs of
laparoscopic and Lichtenstein inguinal hernia repairs: a
randomized prospective study. Surg Laparosc Endosc 1997; 7: 15.
Beets GL, Dirksen CD, Go PM, et al. Open or laparoscopic
preperitoneal mesh repair for recurrent inguinal hernia? A
randomized controlled trial. Surg Endosc 1999; 13: 3237.
Filipi CJ, Gaston-Johansson F, McBride PJ, et al. An assessment of
pain and return to normal activity. Laparoscopic herniorrhaphy vs
open tension-free Lichtenstein repair. Surg Endosc 1996; 10: 9836.
Aitola P, Airo I, Matikainen M. Laparoscopic versus open
preperitoneal inguinal hernia repair: a prospective randomised
trial. Ann Chir Gynaecol 1998; 87: 225.
Wellwood J, Sculpher MJ, Stoker D, et al. Randomised controlled
trial of laparoscopic versus open mesh repair for inguinal hernia:
outcome and cost. Br Med J 1998; 317: 10310.
25
26
FURTHER READING
Barkun JS, Wexler MJ, Hinchey EJ, et al. Laparoscopic versus open
inguinal herniorrhaphy: preliminary results of a randomized
controlled trial. Surgery 1995; 118: 70310.
Champault G, Benoit J, Lauroy J, et al. Inguinal hernia in adults.
Laparoscopic surgery versus the Shouldice method. Controlled
randomized study in 181 patients. Preliminary results. Ann Chir
1994; 48: 10038.
Cheek CM, Black NA, Devlin HB, et al. Groin hernia surgery: a
systematic review. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 1998; 80 (suppl 1): S180.
Collaboration EH. Laparoscopic compared with open methods of groin
hernia repair: systematic review of randomized controlled trials.
Br J Surg 2000; 87: 86067.
EU Hernia Trialists Collaboration. Mesh compared with non-mesh
methods of open groin hernia repair: systematic review of
randomized controlled trials. Br J Surg 2000; 87: 8549.
Kozol R, Lange PM, Kosir M, et al. A prospective, randomized study of
open vs laparoscopic inguinal hernia repair. An assessment of
postoperative pain. Arch Surg 1997; 132: 2925.
Maddern GJ, Rudkin G, Bessell JR, et al. A comparison of laparoscopic
and open hernia repair as a day surgical procedure. Surg Endosc
1994; 8:14048.
Stoker DL, Spiegelhalter DJ, Singh R, Wellwood JM. Laparoscopic versus
open inguinal hernia repair: randomised prospective trial. Lancet
1994; 343: 12435.
Vogt DM, Curet MJ, Pitcher DE, et al. Preliminary results of a
prospective randomized trial of laparoscopic onlay versus
conventional inguinal herniorrhaphy. Am J Surg 1995; 169: 8490.
12
Complications and their management
RICARDO V. COHEN, CARLOS A. SCHIAVON, SRGIO ROLL AND JOS C.P. FILHO
Anesthesia
Events related to laparoscopic access
Organ involvement
Hydrocele
Seroma
Vascular injury
89
89
90
90
90
91
ANESTHESIA
It has been suggested that the general anesthesia needed
for laparoscopic herniorrhaphy is a major drawback, and
open procedures are preferred because they can be
performed under local anesthesia. However, numerous
reports have revealed the relative absence of anesthesiarelated complications, probably associated with proper
patient selection.4,5 If a medical contraindication, other
Neuropathy
Visceral complications
Mesh-related problems
Recurrence
Conclusion
References
91
92
93
93
94
94
90
ORGAN INVOLVEMENT
Almost all organ complications that follow the laparoscopic treatment of inguinal/femoral hernias are similar
to those that follow open techniques. The morbidity rate
in open operations is approximately ten per cent.6 Tetik
and colleagues in 1994,7 Phillips and colleagues in 1995,8
and Crawford and Phillips in 19989 reported complication rates in the order of 11 per cent. Roll and coworkers,
in a large Brazilian multicenter trial of 4000 operated
patients, found that the rate of complications was seven
per cent.10 Felix and colleagues in 1999 reported an incidence of complications of 6.1 per cent.11 All authors
demonstrated that the incidence of the complications
were significantly higher in the period of the learning
curve and could be reduced to less than one per cent with
greater experience.
Testicular complications
The two pertinent complications concerning the testicle
are ischemic orchitis and testicular atrophy. Postoperative
inflammation of the testicle occurs within 2472 hours following the procedure. The associated pain is severe, usually requiring aggressive and effective analgesia. Ischemic
orchitis may progress, resulting in testicular atrophy, a
process that may be observed over several months. The
mechanism of this complication originates from an intense
venous congestion within the testicle, secondary to thrombosis of the veins within the spermatic cord. The initiating
trauma is seen during dissection of the spermatic cord
from the hernia sac, whether for direct, indirect or femoral
hernias, or the TAPP or TEP procedure. The incidence of
testicular complications is lower with laparoscopy than
HYDROCELE
This is an uncommon complication following either
laparoscopic approach. It may be secondary to overzealous
skeletonization of the spermatic cord or tissue dissection
from the sac and at the internal ring. Some authors, in
retrospective studies, found a low incidence of hydrocele.
When a TEP repair was employed, the incidence reported
varied from 0.5 to 1.5 per cent.13,14 Felix and coworkers, in
a paper devoted to significant complications following
laparoscopic hernia repair, pointed out that the incidence
of hydrocele was higher in patients with the use of a mesh
that was modified to place a keyhole to accommodate
the spermatic cord.11 Earlier, in a large, multicenter trial,
Phillips and colleagues reported an incidence of 0.2 per
cent, regardless of the method of laparoscopic technique.8
In a study of open repairs by Obney and Chan, the incidence of hydrocele formation was 0.9 per cent.15
SEROMA
Seromas represent an exudate, normally resulting from the
trauma of electrocautery, balloon dissection of the preperitoneal space in the TEP approach, scissors dissection,
or foreign bodies, such as sutures and mesh. They are
infrequently clinically evident and usually they can be
allowed to reabsorb spontaneously. Size may vary, and
ultrasound follow-up may be important to determine
whether needle aspiration and/or drainage is necessary.
Several publications have discussed whether the incidence
The aggressiveness of the dissection and complete parietalization of the cord structures is the probable cause. Injuries
of the aorta were described during TAPP, either secondary
to the first blind trocar or during dissection in the inappropriate location and resultant injury to the terminal aorta.20
The introduction of prosthetic materials originally
raised some concerns with regard to their proximity to
arteries and veins. Flat sheets of prosthetic materials
have not been associated with vascular erosions and
thrombosis.21
VASCULAR INJURY
NEUROPATHY
92
(a)
VISCERAL COMPLICATIONS
Urinary bladder complications
(b)
Intestinal complications
(c)
Bone complications
Bone-related complications were very rare before the
laparoscopic era. Today, osteitis pubis after the learning
curve is an avoidable complication. The usual mechanism of injury is tacking/stapling the mesh while anchoring it over the periosteum. Oral analgesia and eventually
local infiltration may be a good way to initiate treatment
of this complication. If unsuccessful, re-exploration with
tack/staple removal is the best alternative to treat such a
painful complication. It is a personal observation that
pubic pain is more frequent when employing tacks rather
than the regular hernia staples, probably due to their
penetration into the bone.
Skin complications
In major series, ecchymoses and subcutaneous emphysema were reported, but these are self-limiting and without major consequences. Skin infections are very rare
following laparoscopic repair, and there are no situations
that impose a higher risk in either TAPP or TEP.
MESH-RELATED PROBLEMS
The introduction of prosthetic mesh in an inguinal
hernioplasty is a standard procedure today. Mesh placement allows tension-free repair, leading to significantly
lower recurrence rates, but its main complication infection poses a series of special management problems.
The use of monofilament biomaterials carries a theoretic
advantage over the braided biomaterials. Pores in braided
yarns and expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE) are
smaller than macrophages, which implies that an infection associated with these types of mesh affects its management. The presence of infection does not necessarily
mandate removal of a polypropylene or polyester mesh,
unless the mesh is sequestered or is bathing in a purulent exudate. The infection is predominantly in the surrounding tissue, and abscess drainage and aggressive
clinical management with broad-spectrum antibiotics
are required. However, when a braided mesh or ePTFE
prosthesis is employed, their removal is almost always
RECURRENCE
As stated by Rutkow in 1995, recurrences are not a parameter of success in the surgical repair of groin hernias;29
rates higher than three per cent are unacceptable, and
if any technique reports recurrences higher than that
number, then it should be abandoned. However, despite
Rutkows reasonable ideas on recurrence, and the increasing popularity of the comparison of outcomes by measurement of postoperative pain, return to work, patient
satisfaction, and cost, the standard by which any repair is
measured is its recurrence rate. That rate in laparoscopic
techniques has fallen gradually as experience and knowledge of the anatomy and mesh sizes have improved.
Recurrence may be due to a variety of mechanisms,
including:
94
REFERENCES
Recurrence
(%)
Mean
follow-up
(months)
Reference
Repair
Tetik et al.
(1994)7
TAPP
TEP
553
457
0.7
0.4
13
Fitzgibbons
et al. (1995)27
TAPP
TEP
562
87
5
0
23
Phillips et al.
(1995)8
TAPP
TEP
1944
578
1
0
22
CONCLUSION
Over the past 15 years, laparoscopic hernioplasty has
made the transition from an experimental to a proven
procedure. With increasing laparoscopic skills, many
surgeons are now faced with the question of when to
recommend a laparoscopic approach to their patients.
Complication and recurrence rates, although initially
higher than traditional repairs, have now fallen to equal
or lower levels at centers experienced in laparoscopic
techniques. Prospective randomized trials prove that when
patients are selected properly and surgeons are trained,
TAPP or TEP repairs may be performed with reasonable
rates of complications and recurrence.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
28
29
30
PART
13
14
15
16
17
18
History
Anatomy and physiology
Laparoscopic repair in the emergent setting
Herniorrhaphy with the use of transfascial sutures
Pre-peritoneal herniorrhaphy
Hernioplasty with the double-crown technique
99
103
111
115
125
133
143
151
155
161
13
History
KRISTI L. HAROLD, BRENT D. MATTHEWS AND B. TODD HENIFORD
Laparoscopic ventral herniorrhaphy
Adoption of procedure
99
100
Conclusion
References
100
100
LAPAROSCOPIC VENTRAL
HERNIORRHAPHY
Initial laparoscopic ventral hernia repairs were usually
performed by placing a large intraperitoneal prosthesis
and securing it to the anterior abdominal wall with hernia staples or spiral tacks.68 Recurrences secondary to
the mesh pulling free from the abdominal wall or migration with the peritoneum into the hernia prompted most
surgeons to adopt a fixation technique that employs
ADOPTION OF PROCEDURE
While laparoscopic inguinal herniorrhaphy enjoyed a
rather quick acceptance after its introduction, the popularity of laparoscopic ventral hernia repair has arrived
somewhat more slowly. This can probably be attributed
to the inherent difficulty of the adhesiolysis in the previously operated abdomen and the need for surgeons with
limited laparoscopic experience to apply large pieces of
mesh. A search of Medline and Embase demonstrated
only three articles concerning the procedure published
in 1992, the year that laparoscopic ventral herniorrhaphy was introduced. However, interest in the technique
increased, and by 1994, 13 publications were posted.
There has been a steady or increasing number since that
time, and now more than 100 peer-reviewed articles
concerning laparoscopic ventral hernia have been published (Table 13.1). Additionally, the number of patients
included in single and multi-institutional studies has
continued to grow. Currently, well over 1000 patient outcomes have been reported in peer-reviewed articles, and
one manuscript details the outcomes of more than 400
patients.9
Use of the technique for laparoscopic ventral herniorrhaphy has also been reported in cases of unusual defects,
such as lumbar hernias, parastomal hernias, and diaphragmatic hernias.1214 While the number of patients in these
series is small, the outcomes have been positive, and the
laparoscopic approach seems uniquely suited for defects
located in challenging anatomical locations.
Number of
articles published
2001
2000
1999
1998
1997
1996
1995
1994
1993
1992
18
19
11
13
9
12
8
13
3
3
CONCLUSION
The future of laparoscopic ventral and incisional hernia
repair is promising. Many studies now document a low
recurrence rate with this technique, as well as minimal
patient morbidity afforded by the laparoscopic approach.
While advances in biomaterials and mesh-fixation devices
may lead to future modifications in this technique,
the ability to perform tension-free repair by a minimally
invasive approach is a positive milestone in the history of
hernia surgery.
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
8
9
History 101
10
11
12
14
Anatomy and physiology
KARL A. LEBLANC
Anatomy and function
Anatomy of a hernia
Anatomical considerations in the repair of
abdominal wall defects
Effects of biomaterial placement in laparoscopic
herniorrhaphy
103
105
106
108
109
109
110
110
107
The abdominal wall is a complex structure with a multitude of components, including skin, muscles, aponeuroses, fat and mesothelium. This musculo-aponeurotic
structure is attached to the vertebral column posteriorly,
the pelvic bones inferiorly, and the ribs superiorly. The
integrity of the abdominal wall is essential for protecting
the underlying organs, allowing for movement of the
trunk of the body, providing assistance in respiration,
and preventing herniation of the intra-abdominal contents. Breaches in this integrity can occur with incisions,
drainage tubes, and postoperative complications. Furthermore, the closure of the incisions is affected by the method
of closure, the type of suture used, and the development of
wound sepsis. Recent studies have even identified that
the suture technique, the suture length to wound length
ratio, and the suture tension have an effect on the ultrastructural composition of the regenerating tissue and
collagen composition.1
Despite the importance of this portion of the body,
many surgeons have little knowledge of the anatomical
details as they relate to the function of the structure. All
physicians know of the need for the disruption of its
structural integrity during the course of an operation
that requires access to the abdomen and sometimes the
retroperitoneum. The factors that influence both the
prevention and development of hernias are frequently
overlooked during the closure of wounds. The result can
be predisposition to a fascial defect that will allow extraabdominal migration of the contents of the abdomen.
ANATOMY OF A HERNIA
Approximately 90 per cent of non-inguinal hernias of
the abdominal wall result from an incision through the
aponeurotic layer. The loss of integrity of the transversalis fascia predates its development. Additionally, poor
nutritional status, infection, pulmonary disease, steroid
usage, and morbid obesity can potentiate the weakening
effects of such an incision. Initially, one may not recognize that a hernia has developed as it could take several
months for this to become apparent. Sometimes, however, a postoperative incisional infection will be of such
severity so as to delineate the fascial defect before discharge of the patient from hospital. There is a five-fold
increase in the occurrence of incisional hernias following
an infection in the wound.
The edges of the fascial defect may be difficult to
demarcate preoperatively by the surgeon because of
obesity and/or incarceration. The muscle layers will be
forced aside from the herniation of the pre-peritoneal
tissues or intra-abdominal contents. The herniated structures can be pre-peritoneal fat, omental fat, or small or
large intestine. Rarely, other organs can herniate. Frequently, these organs will be fixed to one another due to
adhesions that have developed after the initial operation.
Generally, as the number of the intra-abdominal operations increases, so does the probability of encountering
more numerous and denser adhesions. Each additional
operative procedure increases these odds, especially if the
patient has had a previous hernia repair using a polypropylene mesh.
COSMETIC RESULT
Many surgeons are concerned with the skin that overlies
the hernia protrusion. In many cases, this represents a fairly
sizable amount of tissue that is much larger than the defect
of the fascia itself. Patients with a large amount of redundant skin after the hernia repair may need to wear the
binder for a longer period of time. This will help to eliminate the dead space that is created by the repair of the hernia. Despite this effort, however, many patients will have
changes that will take a few months to resolve. Initially, this
area will be soft owing to the presence of a seroma in many
cases. After a few weeks or months, this will become firmer
as a result of the healing process. The seroma fluid will be
absorbed, and scar tissue will replace this fluid. The scar
will then contract within several weeks or months. The
timeframe of these events will be dictated by the size of the
hernia at the original operation. The larger eventrations
will, of course, take a longer period of time to complete the
healing process. Generally, however, this will be completed
within 90120 days (Figures 14.3 and 14.4).
The redundant skin will contract as these events are
taking place. Once this is complete, the skin will almost
always resume the appearance that it had before the
development of the hernia. The pre-peritoneal fat that
was scarce preoperatively overlying the hernia sac will
sometimes be replaced by new fat. The patch will not be
felt underneath the skin, and a more normal curve of the
abdomen will be seen, regardless of the size of the hernia
that was repaired. In essence, the cosmetic result will be
excellent. In no patient, in either my personal work or
any known published series, has any mention been made
of the need for reconstruction or revision of the skin and
subcutaneous tissues overlying the hernia defect after
this period of time has transpired.
However, some surgeons believe that the cosmetic
result is unacceptable to themselves and their patients.
For this reason, open repair may be preferred so that a
paniculectomy can be performed at the same time. This
is particularly apparent with large hernias, such as those
that have loss of domain. One may be advised to proceed
with the open repair from the outset.
FUNCTIONAL RESULT
There is a paucity of information regarding the functional
result following LIVH. The compliance of the abdominal
wall has been noted to change after the repair of incisional
10
CONCLUSION
11
REFERENCES
1
12
13
14
15
15
Laparoscopic repair in the emergent setting
GUY R. VOELLER
References
113
REFERENCES
1
16
Herniorrhaphy with the use of
transfascial sutures
KARL A. LEBLANC
Indications
Contraindications
Preoperative evaluation
Prosthetic biomaterials
115
116
116
117
Intraoperative considerations
Postoperative considerations
Conclusion
References
118
123
124
124
few different methods that are used to perform this procedure; these are described in Chapters 17 and 18.
INDICATIONS
Any patient that could undergo an open prosthetic repair
can be considered for the laparoscopic approach. The
size of the fascial defect will play a significant role in
many circumstances. The size of the defect is not a limiting factor, although I frequently restrict my use of the
laparoscopic procedure to hernias that are larger than
23 cm in their greatest dimension. The size of the incision required for the open repair of a small defect is similar to the combined size of the incisions required for
insertion of the laparoscopic trocars. Because we use only
5-mm trocars to perform this operation, these hernias
will approximate the size of the combined incisions.
Additionally, such small defects can often be repaired
without the use of a prosthetic material. This recommendation would be universally applicable only to thin
patients. Obese patients will have an unacceptably high
rate of recurrence without the use of a prosthesis because
of the increased intra-abdominal pressure.7 Therefore, I
routinely repair these hernias in obese and morbidly
obese patients with the laparoscopic technique (even primary umbilical hernias). Patients with recurrent hernias
should be repaired with this technique even if the size is
less than 3 cm, because they have demonstrated the need
for prosthetic placement. LIVH is the easiest method by
CONTRAINDICATIONS
As with any operative procedure, the surgeon must evaluate the overall status of the patient before proceeding
with a laparoscopic incisional hernia repair. In general,
if the patient is a medically appropriate candidate for
the open hernioplasty, then they could be considered a
candidate for the laparoscopic approach. Patients with
severe cardiomyopathy or pulmonary disease may not
tolerate the insufflation pressures that are necessary for
any laparoscopic procedure. Therefore, these individuals
must be evaluated carefully preoperatively. Portal hypertension is nearly always a contraindication.
If there is a suspicion of an intra-abdominal infection
or an acute surgical abdomen, then the use of prosthetic
biomaterial is generally prohibited. In this situation, the
laparoscopic approach is contraindicated because of the
risk of infecting the prosthesis. One may elect to initiate
this operation if incarcerated bowel is suspected. Release of
the obstruction will allow the surgeon to inspect the viability of the intestine. If there is no strangulation or perforation, then the operation can proceed. A few centers will
perform a bowel resection and repair the hernia laparoscopically and concomitantly (see Chapters 15 and 18).
A relative contraindication may be the number of
intra-abdominal procedures that the patient may have
undergone prior to the anticipated LIVH. This decision
should be made based upon the surgeons skill level and
the type of the procedures that were performed previously. Frequently, the patient may not have significant
adhesions despite many previous intestinal procedures.
However, one should be very cautious if the patient has
had a previous repair of an incisional hernia that
included the placement of a polypropylene biomaterial
in direct contact with the contents of the abdomen.
There is nearly always a significant amount of very dense
and extensive adhesions. The risk of intestinal injury is
particularly high in these patients.
PREOPERATIVE EVALUATION
Once the patient has been identified as an acceptable
surgical risk, the surgeon should evaluate the condition of
the patients abdomen and the hernia(s) that will be
repaired. A very large fascial defect may sometimes cause
reconsideration of a laparoscopic approach. The operating time required to repair a defect that approximates the
entire surface of the abdominal wall could negate the benefits of the laparoscopic method. These patients are prone
to having significant postoperative ileus, regardless of the
repair employed. The surgeon may think that the increase
in operative time and risk will not justify use of a laparoscopic repair. However, there are currently no hard and
fast rules about this issue. In those patients with very large
defects, I generally prefer to begin the operation laparoscopically and convert to an open repair if that appears to
be the best alternative. More often than not, this proves to
be unnecessary. If there is a significant loss of domain, it
may be impossible to actually enter the abdomen because
the entire musculature of the abdominal wall is absent. In
these cases, conversion to the open method is certainly an
option. If the patient requires preoperative pneumoperitoneum because of the size of the hernia, then it is not
recommended to attempt the repair laparoscopically.
Morbid obesity can occasionally become a limiting
factor. In such patients, the available trocars may be of
insufficient length to maintain adequate access to the
abdominal cavity. It could become necessary to convert
to the open repair because a working channel through
the abdominal wall cannot be maintained. The open
ends of the trocars will be withdrawn continually into
the excessive fatty tissue, which eliminates the working
channel and results in insufflation of the subcutaneous
tissues. One may actually sew the trocars to the skin to
ensure the position, but the newer, longer trocars that are
now available will usually solve this dilemma.
In our series of patients, 90 per cent of the hernias
that are repaired with this method are incisional. Because
the most common incision of the abdomen is placed in
the midline, approximately 90 per cent of those hernias
are located in the midline of the abdomen.5 These hernias are generally easier to approach with this method
than hernias located outside of the midline. However,
as more experience is achieved, the presence of a nonmidline defect or multiple defects that are not adjacent to
each other should not preclude the use of laparoscopy.
Appropriate positioning of the patient and accurate
placement of the trocars will permit an approach to the
entire abdominal cavity in most cases. The use of angled
laparoscopes also facilitates these repairs.
In addition to the site of the hernia, the number and
type of previous open abdominal operations will influence the choice of patient position, the method of abdominal entry, trocar placement, and the position of the
monitors. Decisions regarding these factors should be
made preoperatively and then finalized when the patient is
on the operating table and under general anesthesia. There
will be a greater likelihood of significant adhesions that
will require lysis during the initial phases of the operation
if the patient has had many separate intra-abdominal procedures. Patients in whom a previous repair included the
PROSTHETIC BIOMATERIALS
Many products are available for the repair of incisional
hernias. The most commonly used product for this operation is the 1-mm thick expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE) prosthesis, DualMeshor DualMesh Plus
(see Chapter 3). My choice of biomaterial for this operation is DualMesh Plus. This contains antimicrobial
agents that impart a brown color to the biomaterial
(Figures 16.2 and 16.3). This color inhibits the glare of
(a)
(b)
INTRAOPERATIVE CONSIDERATIONS
Patient preparation and positioning
LIVH repair requires the use of general anesthesia to
achieve the necessary degree of relaxation and sedation.
In most cases, it is not necessary to use a gastric tube or
urinary catheter unless the operative sites are in close
proximity to the stomach or bladder or if the procedure
will be prolonged. Typically, when used, both the gastric
tube and urinary catheter are removed at completion of
the procedure.
Most patients will be placed in the supine position.
Operations upon lateral defects of the abdominal wall,
such as those in a subcostal or flank incision, will be facilitated by the use of a semi-decubitus or full decubitus
position that is maintained with the use of a beanbag.
The additional use of the tilt capabilities of the operating
table (i.e. Trendelenburg or lateral rotation) will assist
in the manipulation of the bowel during dissection by
moving these into the dependent portion of the abdomen.
The patients arms should be tucked in close to the body,
unless the size of the patient is prohibitive, to allow sufficient room to move around the patient. This is especially
important if the hernia is in the lower abdomen.
Instrumentation
There are several choices of laparoscopes (0-, 30- or 45degree) for incisional hernia repair. Because thin patients
with good muscle tone do not accommodate as much
distention as obese patients with poor muscle tone, a
30-degree laparoscope may provide a better view in thin
patients. The 45-degree laparoscope is used rarely, if ever.
Most surgeons prefer to use the 30-degree laparoscope but
I generally use the 0-degree instrument. The angle or size of
the laparoscope itself is not important as long as the view is
the best available. Smaller laparoscopes permit the use of
smaller trocars, which decreases postoperative pain and
minimizes the risk of herniation at the site of the trocar.
Because I prefer the exclusive use of 5-mm port sites,
all of the instruments used will be of that size. However,
the size of the instrument is not important. The critical
(c)
Trocar selection
It is understood that the method of access into the
abdomen should always be the safest possible approach.
In patients with a primary ventral hernia or a single incisional hernia defect, a Veress needle could be considered
for insufflation before introduction of the first trocar. In
the repair of incisional hernias, a safe area for needle
insertion is usually in the right or left upper quadrants
because this area is generally free of adhesions of bowel
and omentum, particularly for lower-abdominal hernias.
An entry point in the midline could be used if it can be
placed far enough away from the hernia so that it does
not interfere with the placement of the prosthetic biomaterial, in that the overlap may cover the trocar itself.
Many surgeons will choose to use either an optical
trocar for abdominal entry or an open entry (Hassan
technique) if the Veress needle method is not chosen. My
preference is the non-bladed trocar (Ethicon Endosurgery, Inc.) but other devices are available, such as the
Visiport(U.S. Surgical/Tyco International, Inc.). These
trocars are designed to provide visualization of each layer
of the abdominal wall as the trocar passes through them.
The former is available in 5-, 10- and 12-mm sizes, whereas
the latter is available only in the 12-mm size. While the exact
method in which this is accomplished differs between these
two devices, both of them are used with the laparoscope
inserted into the trocar to view the musculofascial layers as
the trocar is passed through them. The non-bladed variety
can also be used for the additional trocars that are necessary.
the same side of the patient. The placement of the monitors will be dictated by the location of the hernia to be
repaired. Generally, upper abdominal hernias will need
the monitors to be at the head of the table while lower
hernias will have them at the foot of the table.
Operative technique
In nearly every patient with an incisional hernia, a complete view of the abdomen is obscured by adhesions.
Following the introduction of the initial trocar, the next
effort of the surgeon is the placement of additional trocars so that the operation can be performed. Because of
these frequent adhesions, the surgeon may be forced to
use the laparoscope itself to dissect them before the
insertion of any other trocars because there is no working space in which to allow these trocars to be placed
under direct vision. After each new trocar is introduced,
the laparoscope should be placed through it to visualize
the abdomen from that new vantage point to identify the
optimal placement of the other trocar sites. Additionally,
the collection of views provided by visualization of the
abdomen through these multiple trocar sites will help to
minimize the risk to the bowel by the necessary surgical
maneuvers. In other words, the two-dimensional view
that is recorded by the laparoscope may not permit the
recognition of any intestinal structures that may be in
harms way during the dissection of the adhesions. These
views will help to avoid an enterotomy.
It is frequently necessary to place and manipulate
instruments from the side of the patient in direct opposition to the viewing laparoscope. This produces a mirror
image of any manipulation that is viewed from that port.
In this case, a move of the laparoscopic instrument to the
left will be seen as a move to the right, and vice versa.
Placement of the laparoscope in the midline, when possible, will prevent this viewing difficulty. Another option
would be to insert an additional trocar(s) on the opposite
side of the patient from where the surgeon is standing so
that the laparoscope is always on the side where the surgeon (or the assistant) is standing. With experience, even
this technical problem can be overcome without the use
of additional trocars. However, additional trocars should
be used when this problem cannot be corrected easily to
ensure the accurate assessment of the intra-abdominal
contents and the proper performance of the operation.
Those surgeons who prefer to place all trocars only on
one side of the abdomen will avoid mirror-imaging, but
such site selection will not allow viewing of the adhesions
from the opposite side of the abdomen. Additionally, this
trocar location on only one side can make fixation
awkward because the use of the fixation devices can be
difficult on the ipsilateral side of the patch biomaterial
(Figures 16.6 and 16.7) (see Chapter 4).
Figure 16.10 DualMesh Plus with marks and initial two ePTFE
sutures.
There are many variations of the technique used to fixate the patch material once it is inserted into the abdominal cavity. Most surgeons will use transfascial sutures in
addition to a metal fixation device, such as a titanium
staple or helical tack, a construct of stainless steel, or a
nitinol anchor (see Chapters 4 and 1722). The number
of sutures that are applied to the biomaterial before insertion into the abdomen will be dictated by the preference
of the surgeon. One method that I choose places two
ePTFE sutures (CV-0) at either side of the midpoint of
the long axis of the patch. Two marks are placed on
both sides of the midpoint of its short axis with a marking
pencil before its insertion into the abdominal cavity
(Figure 16.10). It is important to mark both the visceral
and parietal surface midpoints because once fixation is
initiated, the view of the patch will be only that of the
visceral surface. These initial two sutures and the marks
POSTOPERATIVE CONSIDERATIONS
Patients are sent to the postanesthesia care unit, where
they are usually given a single dose of ketorolac intravenously. Once recovered from anesthesia, they are
transferred to the day-surgery unit. Most (85 per cent)
patients are discharged within 24 hours. In our practice,
the average length of stay is slightly over one day. Patients
can consume their diet of choice on the day of surgery
and can resume any regular medications immediately.
Oral or parenteral sedatives are given as needed.
Pain may be used as the guide to determine when
patients can resume their normal activities. They are
allowed to shower the next day. Patients may return to
their daily activities, including work, as soon as they can
2
3
CONCLUSION
LIVH continues to gain popularity. There are several
modifications of this technique that can be adopted
according to ones preferences. Surgeons who perform
this advanced operation must have a thorough understanding of the specific factors that ensure that the procedure will be associated with an acceptable outcome.
Continued research and experience will result in continued modifications to this operation. Technical refinements will undoubtedly occur that will enhance the
fixation methods that are currently available.
The laparoscopic repair of incisional and ventral hernias may become the standard of care in the future. As
the population of general surgeons adopts this methodology, the recurrence rates associated with this difficult
malady will, hopefully, decline.
REFERENCES
1
10
Franklin ME, Dorman JP, Glass JL, et al. Laparoscopic ventral and
incisional hernia repair. Surg Laparosc Endosc 1998; 8: 2949.
Heniford BT, Park A, Ramshaw BJ, Voeller G. Laparoscopic ventral
and incisional hernia repair in 407 patients. J Am Coll Surg 2000;
190: 64550.
LeBlanc KA, Booth WV, Whitaker JM, Bellanger DE. Laparoscopic
incisional and ventral herniorrhaphy in 100 patients. Am J Surg
2000; 180: 1937.
LeBlanc KA, Whitaker JM, Bellanger DE, Rhynes KV. Laparoscopic
incisional ventral hernioplasty: lessons learned from 200 patients.
Hernia 2003; in press.
Ben-Haim M, Kuriansky J, Tal R, et al. Pitfalls and complications
with laparoscopic intraperitoneal expanded
polytetrafluoroethylene patch repair of postoperative ventral
hernia. Surg Endosc 2002; 16: 7858.
Arroyo A, Garcia P, Perez F, et al. Randomized clinical trail
comparing suture and mesh repair of umbilical hernia in adults.
Br J Surg 2001; 88: 13213.
LeBlanc KA, Stout RW, Kearney MT, Paulsen DB. Comparison of
adhesion formation associated with Pro-Tack (US Surgical) versus
a new mesh fixation device, Salute (ONUX Medical). Surg Endosc
2003; in press.
Koehler RH, Voeller G. Recurrences in laparoscopic incisional
hernia repairs: a personal series and review of the literature.
J Soc Laparoendosc Surg 1999; 3: 293304.
LeBlanc KA. A new method to insert the DualMesh prosthesis for
laparoscopic ventral herniorrhaphy. JSLS 2002; 6: 34952.
17
Pre-peritoneal herniorrhaphy
SRGIO ROLL, WAGNER C. MARUJO AND RICARDO V. COHEN
Incisional hernias
Principles of treatment
Indications for laparoscopic repair
Laparoscopic transabdominal pre-peritoneal repair
Personal series results
125
125
127
127
129
INCISIONAL HERNIAS
Incidence
Incisional hernias represent one of the more common
complications of abdominal surgical procedures. The true
incidence of incisional hernias has not been well defined,
although a number of reports suggest that 313 per cent
of patients undergoing laparotomy will develop a fascial
defect in their abdominal scar.1 The majority of incisional hernias occur within the first postoperative year.
However, the limited follow-up of most series may
underestimate late hernia occurrence.
Diagnosis
Most patients with small, uncomplicated incisional hernias are asymptomatic or have only minor or intermittent complaints. However, these postoperative hernias
may be a significant source of morbidity. Patients with
incisional hernias alter their lifestyles so as not to exacerbate their abdominal wall hernia and often complain of
their esthetic appearance or suffer from discomfort, pain
or, occasionally, intestinal obstruction.
Predisposing factors
Predisposing factors for the development of incisional
hernias include advanced age, male gender, and systemic
129
130
130
131
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
The classical principles of ventral hernia repair are wound
closure without excessive tension, suture placement into
healthy tissue, and the use of strong material to support
the wound through the critical period of healing. In many
cases of incisional hernia with small defects, fascial closure can be achieved by apposing the fascial edges, which
closes the defect. When the fascial defect is large, a number of techniques have been proposed, including relaxing
incisions, internal retention sutures, muscle or fascial
flaps, fascial grafts, and mesh repair.5 However, the results
have often been disappointing. Primary repair with
suture only has been associated with 2552 per cent failure rates.6 The use of a prosthetic material to cover the
Prosthesis materials
The use of prosthetic materials to assist in incisional
hernioplasty usually demands a more extensive dissection and may increase the risk of wound complications
slightly.5,8 The synthetic material should be physically
unmodified by tissue fluid, chemically inert, and noncarcinogenic. It should also induce no inflammatory or
foreign-body reaction, allergy or hypersensitivity.9,10
Finally, it should resist mechanical stresses, be able to be
tailored into the form required, and be easily and fully
sterilizable. The most popular prosthesis materials are
made of polypropylene, polyester, and expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE). These are all nonabsorbable,
and there is no clear evidence from the literature that
supports a preference for the clinical use of any one of
the three main materials.11 Polypropylene shows a relatively small inflammatory response with a far lesser
degree of foreign-body reaction than does polyester
mesh. ePTFE elicits less chronic inflammatory cell reaction but greater foreign-body reaction. Mesh infection
rates in selected laparoscopic series for repair of ventral
and incisional hernias vary from 0.5 to 12 per cent.12
Despite different characteristics regarding fibroblastic
reaction and the time required for incorporation,
polypropylene and polyester prosthetic materials are
associated with a high incidence of dense adhesions.
Their biological behavior increases the risk of adhesions
and fistula formation when the mesh is placed in contact
with the peritoneum.13 There is strong evidence that
adhesions are more common with polypropylene and
polyester than with ePTFE. It is acceptable to place the
latter in contact with the bowel, as lower complication
rates were reported when using ePTFE. Polypropylene
and polyester require reperitonization to avoid mesh
contact with intra-abdominal structures. The use of
Repair strategies
Although the modern era of hernia repair began more
than a century ago, controversies continue to exist regarding the optimal surgical technique to repair incisional
hernias. Open techniques involve a large incision and
extensive subcutaneous and intra-abdominal dissection,
and often necessitate the placement of drains. Complication rates range from 8 to 19 per cent after open ventral
repair.14,15 Fistula rates after elective open hernia mesh
repair vary from 2 to 5 per cent.6 Moreover, the infected
prosthesis should be excised, demanding another, more
complicated repair. Transabdominal approaches carry
the risk of injury to the viscera adherent to the undersurface of the scar. The basic strategy of the open repair is
based upon the Stoppa technique: the peritoneal cavity
should not be entered and the mesh is secured to the fascial edges in the pre-peritoneal space.16 However, the risk
of re-entering the site of a previous incision is an inadvertent enterotomy. The open repair does allow the
concomitant excision of a usually wide, irregular and
unesthetic scar. If this is the case, it is not unusual to
enter the abdominal cavity.
Surgical laparoscopy has become an increasingly popular method of treatment for many diseases because it
potentially offers cost-savings as a result of shorter hospital stays, less postoperative pain, and a more rapid
return to work.17 Laparoscopic hernioplasty has been
reported to be a safe and feasible technique, with low
morbidity and low rates of early recurrence. LeBlanc and
Booth first reported the laparoscopic approach to repair
incisional hernias in 1993,18 and several series have now
demonstrated the efficacy of minimally invasive surgery
in incisional hernia repair. Laparoscopic repair involves
no long incision, no wide fascial dissection or flap
creation, and usually no drains. It also minimizes the
manipulation of a potentially contaminated site because
the trocars are placed far from the original wound.19
Additionally, the pneumoperitoneum facilitates the necessary adhesiolysis in order to identify the edges of the
defect and the hernia sac. Enterotomy rates in selected
laparoscopic series of ventral hernia repair, including
incisional hernias and many with previous open mesh
repair, vary from 0 to 14 per cent (Table 17.1). Mesh
infection rates vary from 0.5 to 12 per cent.12 One of the
drawbacks of the laparoscopic approach is that it does
not allow an esthetic reconstruction of the abdominal
wall since the old scar that covers the hernia defect is
left untouched. The need for an overall esthetic result
Patients
(n)
Intraoperative
(n)
Postoperative
(n)
31
176
193
12
73
415
28
0
0
4
0
2
5
1
2
9
28
3
14
48
3
should not be underestimated because the patient frequently demands this outcome.
Hospital
stay (days)
2.0
2.2
2.0
3.5
2.9
1.8
1.2
Follow-up
(months)
Recurrence
(n)
18
30
22
12
17
23
36
1
2
9
1
7
14
0
LAPAROSCOPIC TRANSABDOMINAL
PRE-PERITONEAL REPAIR
Patient preparation and room set-up
A thorough preoperative evaluation is performed. The
patient is informed fully of the risks of recurrence and
the chance of conversion into an open procedure.
Educational handouts are given in order to aid the
patient during the period of convalescence with a particular emphasis on pain management. Factors that might
increase the recurrence rate are corrected, if at all possible,
in the preoperative period. Special attention is given to
respiratory care before admitting the patient to the hospital. In-hospital standard guidelines to prepare patients
for abdominal surgery are followed. Mechanical bowel
preparation is not usually necessary, and the patient is
asked to void just before leaving the ward.
The patient is placed on the operating table in a dorsal
recumbent position with the arms padded alongside the
body. It is important that the patient is strapped securely
to the operating table in order to permit the extremes
of table positioning, which is occasionally necessary for
visceral displacement or retraction. General anesthesia is
instituted, and an orogastric tube is inserted for gastric
decompression. Patients are given antibiotic prophylaxis,
usually with a first-generation cephalosporin.
For most midline hernias, the surgeon stands on
either the patients left or right side. The video monitor is
positioned on the opposite side of the patient so the surgeons view on the screen is parallel and in line with the
laparoscopic repair of the hernia within the abdomen.
The assistant stands opposite the surgeon, and a second
monitor is placed in a suitable position.
Operative technique
Good laparoscopic skills are mandatory, since each
anatomical situation may be unique. The surgeon must
always keep a low threshold for conversion to an open
Figure 17.1 The hernia sac is opened and the healthy fascia
along the defect rim is defined clearly.
Defect
Mesh
Hernia
sac
Healthy
fascia
Reference
Holzman et al.
(1997)26
Park et al.
(1998)27
Carbajo et al.
(1999)28*
IntraPostReopera- Hospital
Cost
Repair Patients Size
Time operative operative tions
stay
Follow-up Recurrence
(US$) type
(n)
(cm2) (min) (n)
(n)
(n)
(days)
(months) (n)
7299
4395
Open
Lap
Open
Lap
Open
Lap
16
21
49
56
30
30
148
105
105
99
141
139
98
128
78
95
111
87
0
1
1
0
0
0
5
4
17
10
35
5
2
0
0
2
1
1
4.9
1.6
6.5
3.4
9
2
18
20
53
24
27
27
2
2
17
6
2
0
*Prospective study.
CONCLUSION
The laparoscopic route has made possible the introduction of new surgical techniques for the repair of major
abdominal wall defects. The laparoscopic surgeon is able
to minimize the great degree of tissue trauma involved in
classic open surgery, typically associated with large fascial dissection, tense sutures, and postoperative drains.
Laparoscopic repair of incisional hernias is a promising
but still new technique that may be seen as a further refinement of the current surgical armamentarium to treat this
common problem in general surgery. As with any new
operation, we should initially be more careful about
patient selection before embarking on a broader application of this technique. Adequate training and judicious
indication can certainly ensure good surgical outcomes.
Until now, patients in several series have tolerated the
procedure well and had shorter postoperative hospitalizations in comparison to open procedures. Accordingly,
given the potentially lower morbidity due to the smaller
abdominal wall incisions, the overall hospital cost may be
reduced, making this a more attractive approach to incisional hernias. Moreover, laparoscopy allows comprehensive exploration of the abdominal cavity, adequate
assessment of the adhesions in the hernia process, and a
clear delineation of the anatomy. It may be the procedure
of choice in patients who develop a recurrence following
a previous open hernia repair.
Laparoscopic incisional hernia repair can be performed safely with no increased morbidity or mortality,
but the ultimate outcome in assessing the success of any
hernia repair must be the rate of recurrence. The literature suggests that the laparoscopic approach, regardless
of where the mesh is placed, has a midterm recurrence
rate that is at least as good as that seen after the open
operation. However, long-term assessment from large,
well-controlled, prospective studies is needed to confirm
the expected advantages of the laparoscopic approach.
REFERENCES
1
2
3
5
6
7
Santora TA, Roslyn JJ. Incisional hernia. Surg Clin North Am 1993;
73: 55770.
Makela JT, Kiviniemi H, Juvonen T, et al. Factors influencing wound
dehiscence after midline laparotomy. Am J Surg 1995; 170: 38790.
Niggebrugge AH, Hansen BE, Trimbos JB, et al. Mechanical factors
influencing the incidence of burst abdomen. Eur J Surg 1995; 161:
65561.
Meissner K, Jirikowski B, Szecsi T. Repair of parietal hernia by
overlapping onlay reinforcement or gap-bridging replacement
polypropylene mesh: preliminary results. Hernia 2000; 4: 29.
Larson GM. Ventral hernia repair by the laparoscopic approach.
Surg Clin North Am 2000; 80: 132940.
Heniford BT, Park A, Ramshaw BJ, et al. Laparoscopic ventral and
incisional repair in 407 patients. J Am Coll Surg 2000; 190: 64550.
Luijendijk RW, Hop WC, van den Tol P, et al. A comparison of suture
repair with mesh repair for incisional hernia. N Engl J Med 2000;
343: 3928.
Leber GE, Garb JL, Alexander AI, et al. Long-term complications
associated with prosthetic repair of incisional hernias. Arch Surg
1998; 133: 37882.
Amid PK, Shulman AG, Lichtenstein I, et al. Preliminary evaluation
of composite materials for the repair of incisional hernias.
Ann Chir 1995; 49: 539.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
18
Hernioplasty with the double-crown technique
SALVADOR MORALES-CONDE AND SALVADOR MORALES-MNDEZ
Principles
Double-crown surgical technique
Results of our series
133
135
141
Conclusion
References
142
142
Hernia
postoperative pain at this level, and with the same recurrence rate as described by groups using transfascial
sutures.
PRINCIPLES
Indications and contraindications
Indications for the double-crown technique are the
same as indications for laparoscopic hernia repair with
transfascial sutures. Basically, all ventral hernias can
be repaired by laparoscopy as the standard procedure.
Emergency operations performed in cases of strangulated hernias must be analyzed on an individual basis to
Mean operating
time (min)
79
62
120
Mesh infection
rate (%)
Long-term
pain (%)
Recurrence
rate (%)
0
0
0
0
2.86
2
4.87
1.97
3.98
Instrumentation
Laparoscope
A 30-degree-angled laparoscope is essential to perform
the laparoscopic approach of ventral hernias, since this
offers an excellent view of the entire anterior abdominal
wall and of the defect that will be repaired.
Trocars
A variety of trocar sizes are available commercially,
including 2-, 3-, 5-, 10-, 11- and 12-mm trocars. In general, we perform the technique using one 10-mm trocar
and two 5-mm trocars. A series of factors should be
considered when choosing the trocars:
Under these premises, we believe that a 10-, 11- or 12mm trocar (depending on mesh size) should be used for
laparoscopic repair of ventral hernias, as these accommodate a 10-mm, 30-degree laparoscope and can be used
to introduce the mesh. A 5-mm trocar should be used to
introduce the tacks (or other fixation device) that attach
the mesh. Another 3- or 5-mm trocar should be used as a
working trocar.
Graspers, scissors, and other laparoscopic
instrumentation
Atraumatic bowel graspers are needed to manipulate the
bowel and to provide gentle traction to reduce the contents of the hernia sac. Sharp scissors are required for
proper dissection and prevention of bowel injury.
Different hemostatic systems, such as clips, must be available should their use become necessary. A needle-holder
should be available in case of an enterotomy, so that one
may repair the injury, thereby allowing the procedure to
continue laparoscopically. If we find a full-thickness injury
to the small intestinal wall that penetrates into the lumen,
we usually repair it, either by laparoscopy or by an assisted
mini-laparotomy, and then continue the technique by
placing the mesh intraperitoneally. However, if a colonic
injury occurs, we prefer to repair the bowel and, in the case
of a large defect, repair the hernia defect by placing the
patch a few days later or, in the case of a small defect,
convert to an open repair without the use of a patch.
Energy sources
Monopolar cautery is acceptable as long as it is not used in
close proximity to any viscera. Adhesiolysis must be performed with extreme care since missed bowel perforation
could be life-threatening for the patient. For this reason,
electrocautery should be used in a bleeding area after the
adhesions are freed. During dissection, there is frequent
hemorrhage, but this is usually minimal and insignificant
if the proper plane of dissection is maintained.
The harmonic scalpel has been advocated for lysis of
adhesions, but the blunt tip of this instrument does not
allow the easy localization of the proper plane to free the
adhesions of the bowel. For this reason, we use this source
of energy only for the lysis of omental adhesion and only
when we are convinced that there is no bowel attached to
the anterior abdominal wall behind the fatty tissue. This is
particularly useful in cases in which the round ligament
or the urachus must be dissected to guarantee a proper
fixation of the mesh, since dissection of these structures is
a time-consuming maneuver due to frequent bleeding.
Prostheses
Improvements are being made to attain the ideal prosthetic material, i.e. one that is biologically inert, that
produces little or no foreign-body reaction, that is strong
yet pliable, that maintains its shape after implantation,
and that resists the formation of adhesions while supporting fibrous in-growth of connective tissue.20 Polypropylene
mesh has been the most widely used prosthetic material in
hernia repair since it was introduced in 1963.21 Numerous
materials are currently available, such as ePTFE, with
excellent properties closely resembling the ideal prosthesis,
i.e. being biologically inert, producing fewer adhesions,22
and causing little or no inflammatory reaction, with its
porous microstructure providing a lattice for the incorporation of connective tissue.23,24
Clinical and experimental experience indicates a variety of complications that may be related to the physical
properties of polypropylene, such as the risk of bowel
obstruction and/or fistula formation.2527 Additionally, a
Operative technique
Creation of pneumoperitoneum and placement
of trocars
In all cases, we start by creating the pneumoperitoneum
using a Veress needle in the left hypochondrium. We do
not use the Hasson trocar, regardless of the number of
previous laparotomies that the patient has undergone.
Our group has performed more than 4000 laparoscopic
procedures for a variety of pathologies, and there has
never been an injury to any structure because of the use
of the Veress needle. Hence, we feel confident when
creating the pneumoperitoneum with this technique,
even in patients with a history of multiple operations.
Once the pneumoperitoneum is created, we generally
approach the hernia from the patients left side, placing
three trocars in line, introducing the 1012-mm trocar
first and then placing the other 5-mm trocars under direct
vision; the larger trocar is placed in the middle of the other
two trocars. An important thing to remember when placing these trocars is to stay as far away as possible from the
margin of the defect closest to the surgeon. This will provide proper visualization of the margin, making it easier to
achieve a wide overlap of the mesh and perform any
maneuvers needed to secure the prosthesis (Figure 18.2).
When it is not possible to maintain a suitable distance
(a)
(a)
(b)
(b)
Figure 18.6 (a) Different signs are drawn on the mesh to orient
it once it has been introduced in the cavity. (b) The same signs
are drawn on the patients skin on the cardinal points.
Figure 18.7 (a) The mesh is rolled along its long axis, with the
area prepared to be placed in contact with the bowel in the
inside. (b) Once it has been rolled, the mesh is grasped with a
strong grasper to be introduced in the abdominal cavity through
the 1012-mm trocar.
(a)
Figure 18.8 The first tack is placed where the circle is drawn
on the mesh, one of the cardinal points. The exact point to be
placed is localized by pressing from the outside on the circle
drawn on the skin.
(b)
Figure 18.10 Once the tacks are placed in the four cardinal
points, the outer crown of tacks is placed right at the margin of
the mesh.
tacks used for the outer crown, the inner crown tacks are
placed about 1 cm apart.
Once all the tacks are placed (Figure 18.12), we proceed to identify and remove any that are left hanging
from the wall or that are placed improperly, since they
should be inserted through the entire thickness of the
mesh. Poorly positioned tacks will lead to adhesions, as
we have shown in our experimental study, and could
cause major complications in the future, such as fistulas
or obstruction.13
Postoperative management
Once the procedure is completed, the abdomen is desufflated and trocar sites larger than 10 mm are closed. A
compressive bandage is placed at the level of the hernia sac
to reduce the space between the mesh and the sac in an
9
10
11
12
CONCLUSION
Our results indicate that the use of transfascial sutures is
not necessary and that the double-crown technique,
which uses only tacks, offers a number of clear advantages over the combined suture-and-tack method. When
using the technique described, we obtained a similar
recurrence rate as series that use sutures, while also reducing the hospital stay and short-, medium- and long-term
postoperative pain. Hence, we consider the double-crown
technique to be a valid alternative to ventral hernia repair
with sutures.
13
14
15
16
17
REFERENCES
1
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
19
Parastomal hernia repair
KARL A. LEBLANC
Types of hernia
Principles of management
Indications and contraindications to surgery
Preoperative preparation
Operative techniques
143
144
144
145
145
Postoperative management
Results
Conclusion
References
147
148
149
149
TYPES OF HERNIA
The anatomy of the herniation is variable. Four principal
types can be identified:
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
The exact classification of the hernia is not critical to the
laparoscopic surgeon. The approach to these different
hernia types will not vary significantly, except in the situation in which the intestine may be strangulated. In this
case, the use of the laparoscopic technique may be
contraindicated. In the elective operation, the condition
of the patient and any predisposing factors, such as
cachexia, malignancy, obesity, and steroid usage, should
influence the decision to proceed with surgical intervention, as it would for any operation.
However, an accurate diagnosis and assessment of the
anatomy of the hernia are essential. Therefore, the patient
must be examined (1) supine and relaxed, (2) supine
with the muscles tensed, and (3) in the erect position.
Investigation of the detailed anatomy with CT scanning
is useful to delineate large parastomal defects in the
abdominal wall. CT scanning can also detect small
impalpable defects around ileostomies that present with
dysfunction.12 This information will assist the surgeon in
the planning and execution of the operation. I have seen
a herniation through the ileal conduit mesentery during
the repair of a para-urostomy hernia. This was suspected
by the findings on the preoperative CT scan and was
confirmed at surgery. That procedure was modified
intraoperatively due to this fact (see below).
Patients who have had cancer surgery must be screened
for recurrence before surgery is advised. Similarly, it is
prudent to exclude recrudescent inflammatory bowel
disease before undertaking operations in patients with
ileostomies, although it should be noted that the risk of
para-ileostomy herniation is similar in patients with
ulcerative colitis and Crohns disease. An additional consideration that has become more commonplace is the life
expectancy of the patient. An increasing number of
patients of advanced age are seen with multiple medical
problems that add to the risk of general anesthesia. If
these illnesses will significantly shorten the life of the
patient (i.e. by two to three years or more), or if they prohibit anesthesia, then one may not wish to proceed if
there is no immediate need for surgical intervention.
PREOPERATIVE PREPARATION
These patients are usually elderly and should be cleared
for surgery in the manner that is common to all operations. If the patient has a colostomy secondary to a
malignant resection, it may be advisable to carry out preoperative colonoscopy to assure that there is no recurrent
disease. However, this will be dependent upon the number of disease-free years. As noted earlier, a preoperative
CT scan is frequently helpful to identify the anatomy and
the contents of the hernia. This is especially true for the
para-ileal conduit hernia.
I prefer to use gentle cleansing enemas on the day
before the operation for patients that have a paracolostomy hernia. This does not assist in the operative
procedure, but it may diminish the risk of infection if
there is a colonic injury during laparoscopy. Preoperative
antibiotics are not necessary if an antimicrobial is
impregnated into the biomaterial that will be used to
repair the hernia (e.g. DualMesh Plus).
OPERATIVE TECHNIQUES
The patient is placed in the supine position on the operating table. It is best to place a roll underneath the ipsilateral side of the hernia. This elevates the patient and
enables easier access to the area where the sutures will be
placed (Figure 19.1). Typically, a gastric tube is placed for
decompression, and a urinary catheter is used. The video
monitors are usually located at the foot of the table and
on the ipsilateral side of the hernia. The surgeon will
gauze that was placed at the outset of the operative procedure. It is usually necessary to use an oversized patch to
provide a wide margin of coverage. The most frequently
used biomaterial is the 15 ! 19-cm DualMeshPlus patch
(W. L. Gore & Associates). This will invariably result in at
least a 5-cm margin around the fascial defect.
There are variations in the use of these prosthetic
products to repair these hernias. To date, no one technique has proven to be superior to the others. We have
used three different methods to repair these hernias,
which are presented below. Continued follow-up of these
patients will allow us to decide upon the best approach to
the repair of parastomal hernias.
One method involves the placement of two ePTFE
products. In one version, we used two DualMesh Plus
products; in another version, we used one MycroMesh
Plus product and one DualMesh Plus product. In both, a
central circle is cut to allow for the exit of the intestine,
and a slit is made to allow the patch to be placed around
the stoma (Figure 19.3). Usually, this central circle is
33.5 cm, which is adequate for the colon exit, but with
the ileostomy 2.53 cm is preferred. This first patch is
inserted and secured to the anterior wall in a manner that
is similar to that of the incisional hernia repair. The slit is
placed adjacent to the colon and directly opposite the
fascial defect so that good fixation can be made at that
point, and the defect is covered completely with the initial patch (Figure 19.4). Sutures are used adjacent to the
bowel to re-approximate this slit. These sutures are
pulled transfascially with a suture-passing instrument
(see Chapter 16). Additional fixation of the patch is
then applied using the Onux Saluteconstructs (Onux
Medical, Inc.). This initial step has been done using
either the DualMesh Plus or the MycroMeshPlus biomaterial, as noted above (see Chapter 3). The holes in the
Figure 19.5 The potential space that can exist between the
intestine and the opening in the prosthesis is shown by the arrows.
One may elect to suture the colon at this site. The ePTFE sutures to
the second patch are also seen on the left side of the colon.
POSTOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT
Patients are usually maintained in the surgical unit, which
allows for a one-night postoperative stay. The gastric and
urinary tubes are discontinued in the recovery room.
Patients are allowed a liquid diet immediately, although
most have a short-term ileus. The diet is advanced as tolerated. Abdominal binders, which are used routinely for
Patients
(n)
Prosthesis
Location of
prosthesis
Length of hospital
stay (days)
Length of follow-up
(months)
1
1
4
4
3
15
ePTFE
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
ePTFE
ePTFE
ePTFE
Pre-peritoneal
Intraperitoneal
Intraperitoneal
Intraperitoneal
Intraperitoneal
Intraperitoneal
4
6
2 (3 patients), 9 (1 patient)
3.8
1 (all patients)
N/A
12
12
N/A
233
311
312
RESULTS
The laparoscopic repair of parastomal hernias has been
utilized as a method to repair these defects only recently.
At the time of writing, I am aware of only six reports in
the literature of this methodology.6,1417 Each of these
articles detailed a slightly different technique, involving
few patients (Table 19.1).
Pocheron and coworkers closed the hernial orifice and
used the patch only as a reinforcing layer with no slit used
to allow egress of the colon.15 Bickel and colleagues created two strips of mesh, securing one to the abdominal
wall and the other to the intraperitoneal colon.16 Voitk
used a technique that mimicked that of Sugarbakers
intraperitoneal repair.17 All of these authors used tacks
alone to provide fixation to the abdominal wall. Although
Bickel used polypropylene mesh (PPM) for the repair of
that patient, he commented that the use of intraperitoneal PPM may lead to adhesion formation and that the
use of a dual mesh nonadherent surface on one side may
be preferable. Kozlowski and coworkers used an onlay
technique with four sutures; the exact technique is not
described specifically in their paper, however.21
Berger uses an onlay technique that involves fixation
with transfascial sutures and tacks.6 Unless the patch is
greater than 20 cm, he does not use any more than four
sutures. He also prefers an overlap of 5 cm for this procedure. As noted in Table 19.1, Berger has reported upon 15
patients. In the immediate postoperative period, one
patient developed a hematoma and one patient required
reoperation because of incarceration of the small bowel
between the patch and the abdominal wall. This latter
complication was due to a dislocated tack. Three of
the patients (20 per cent) developed a recurrent hernia
between two and four months. One could certainly
Average length
of stay (days)
Complications
Average follow-up
(months)
Two DM%
Paracolostomy (2)
Para-ileostomy (1)
Paracolostomy (3)
Para-urostomy (1)
Paracolostomy (2)
2.33
1
1.67
7
2
Seroma (1)
Recurrence of para-ileostomy hernia
Ileus (1)
Enterotomy (1)
Death (1)
21
20
8
2
2
Paracolostomy (7)
Para-ileostomy (1)
Para-urostomy (1)
1.86
1
7
Ileus (1)
Seroma (1)
Enterotomy (1)
Recurrence (1)
Death (1)
11 (range 225)
Onlay of DM%
MM and DM%
Total
CONCLUSION
The repair of incisional hernias laparoscopically has provided us with the technology to repair parastomal hernias. The ideal method has not been identified, but the
initial experience shows promise.
REFERENCES
Burns FJ. Complication of colostomy. Dis Colon Rectum 1970; 13:
44850.
2 Phillips P, Pringle W, Evans C, Keighley M. Analysis of hospital
based stomatherapy service. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 1985;
67: 3740.
3 Sjodahl R, Anderberg B, Bolin T. Parastomal hernia in relation
to the site of the abdominal wall stoma. Br J Surg 1988; 75:
33941.
4 Londono-Schimmer EE, Leong APK, Phillips RKS. Life table analysis
of complications following colostomy. Dis Colon Rectum 1994;
37: 91620.
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
20
Lumbar hernia and denervation hernia repair
KARL A. LEBLANC
Anatomy
Indications and contraindications for surgery
Operative technique
151
152
152
Primary and acquired lumbar hernias are quite uncommon. There have been about 300 cases of primary hernias reported in the literature.1 Acquired lumbar hernias
are the result of flank incisions for renal or other retroperitoneal operations, notably anterior lumbar interbody
fusion. These acquired hernias can also be the result of
division of the anterior branches of nerves that originate
from T6 to T12. In these latter circumstances, there is no
fascial defect with these denervation injuries, so they are
not true hernias. These pseudo-hernias are difficult to
treat surgically. Rarely, they can also be seen with diabetic
radiculopathy.
Approximately 55 per cent of these hernias are primary, 25 per cent are acquired, and the remainder are
congenital in origin.2 The latter can sometimes be bilateral. Primary lumbar hernias are found most frequently
on the left side; two-thirds of these are seen in men.3,4
ANATOMY
The lumbar area is bounded above by the twelfth rib,
below by the iliac crest, behind by the erector spinae
muscles (sacrospinalis), and in front by the posterior
border of the external oblique (a line passing from the tip
of the twelfth rib to the iliac crest). Within this area, two
triangles are described: the superior lumbar triangle (of
Grynfelt) and the inferior lumbar triangle (of Petit). The
superior lumbar triangle is an inverted triangle: its base
is the twelfth rib, its posterior border is the erector spinae
muscles, its anterior border is the posterior margin of
the external oblique, and its apex is at the iliac crest
Results
Conclusion
References
153
153
154
Serratus posterior
External oblique muscle
12th rib
Superior (Grynfelt's) triangle
Latissimus dorsi
Internal oblique
External oblique
Umbilicus
Iliac crest
Trocar sites
Arm on
pillow
OPERATIVE TECHNIQUE
The open approach to a primary, acquired or denervation
hernia is generally a formidable operation. Suture closure
RESULTS
There have been only ten laparoscopic lumbar hernioplasties reported in the literature.68 All were case reports,
except for one report that included seven patients.9 This
latter report included five hernias that were acquired; two
were congenital and two were recurrent. Two patients had
two or three separate hernia defects. The hernias ranged
in size from 1.5 ! 1.5 cm to 8 ! 11 cm, averaging 77.8 cm2.
As noted above, a large overlap of the expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE) patches was used; the average
patch size was 336.4 cm2. One of these patients developed
an abscess over the repair, which required removal of
the prosthesis. The remaining six patients were free of
recurrence after 115 months of follow-up.
This author has repaired six denervation hernias. All
were performed using the technique described above. One
of these patients had an implantation of DualMesh Plus
with Holes. This product is 1.5 mm thick, compared with
the 1-mm thickness of DualMesh without Holes. It was
hoped that the thicker material would result in a better
CONCLUSION
The incidence of lumbar hernias is low. The problem of
denervation hernias may become more prevalent in the
future due to the increasing use of the anterior approach
for disk disease by spine surgeons. Repair of these deformities can be difficult and fraught with failure if it is not
approached in a reasoned manner. The use of prosthetic
reinforcement is thought to be best, and the laparoscopic
approach may be of benefit, although more studies and
follow-up are needed.
REFERENCES
1
Watson LE. Hernia, 3rd edn. St Louis, MO: Mosby, 1948: 4435.
Knol JA, Eckhauser FE. Inguinal anatomy and abdominal wall
hernias. In: Greenfield LJ, ed. Surgery: Scientific Principles and
Practice. Philadelphia: JB Lippincott, 1993: 1081107.
Burick AJ, Parascandola SA. Laparoscopic repair of a traumatic
lumbar hernia: a case report. J Laparoendosc Surg 1996; 6:
25962.
7
8
21
Results of laparoscopic incisional and
ventral hernia repair
RODRIGO GONZALEZ AND BRUCE J. RAMSHAW
Results of series
Results of comparative studies
155
157
Conclusion
References
159
160
fixation of a large mesh without subcutaneous tissue dissection in patients with large hernia defects.1012
Laparoscopic ventral hernia repair is based on the
method described by Stoppa for open incisional hernia
repair,4 reported to have the lowest recurrence rate.
It involves posterior reinforcement of the abdominal
wall with a large piece of prosthetic material based on
Laplaces law. The large surface area of the mesh allows
substantial ingrowth of tissue for permanent mesh fixation, and the intra-abdominal pressure tends to hold the
mesh in apposition to the posterior abdominal wall over
a wide surface area.13,14
RESULTS OF SERIES
Patient demographics
Since the first report of laparoscopic ventral hernia
repair,15 numerous series have been published supporting
the use of this technique. Table 21.1 summarizes the
results of 2002 laparoscopic ventral hernia repairs published in the literature. We have tabulated these data
and will discuss the averages from this information.
Demographic data show a slightly higher predominance
of females (56 per cent), with a mean age of 55 years.
Fifty-six per cent of the patients were obese, with a mean
body mass index (BMI) of 34 kg/m2. Consistent with previous literature, the prevalence of incisional hernias (89
per cent) is higher than for primary hernias (11 per cent).
Reference
LeBlanc et al. (1994)16
Saiz et al. (1996)17
Park et al. (1996)18
Tsimoyiannis et al. (1998)19
Franklin et al. (1998)20
Toy et al. (1998)21
Constanza et al. (1998)22
Sanders et al. (1999)23
Kyzer et al. (1999)24
Roth et al. (1999)25
Koehler and Voeller (1999)26
Balique et al. (2000)27
Farrakha (2000)28
Carbajo et al. (2000)29
Reitter et al. (2000)30
Heniford et al. (2000)31
Heniford et al. (2000)32
Szymanski et al. (2000)33
Chowbey et al. (2000)34
Kozlowski et al. (2001)35
LeBlanc et al. (2001)36
Birgisson et al. (2001)37
Moreno-Egea et al. (2001)38
Bageacu et al. (2002)39
Ben Haim et al. (2002)40
Total
a
Prior
repairs
(%)
Hernia
size
(cm2)
Operating
room time
(min)
28
10
28
11
176
144
16
12
53
75
32
29
18
100
49
100
415
44
202
17
100
64
20
159
100
7
20
39
26
100
58
55
41
33
37
49
33
20
18
42
75
23
25
104
98
130
101
93
87
100
20
155
34
7
68
108
49
120
210
89
105
101
85
62
152
88
97
50
240
130
89
119
2002
32
89
114
Patients
(n)
Conversion
rate
(%)
Hospital
stay
(days)
Seroma
rate
(%)
Infection
rate
(%)
Mesh
removed
(%)
Follow-up
(months)
Recurrence
rate
(%)
0
0
0
0
3
6
8
4
3
0
1
4
0
2
9
0.5
0
4
0
0
14
7
2
4.1
3
2.3
2
3.5
3.3
2.9
1.9
3.2
1.2
4.3
1.6
1.8
1.8
1.2
1.7
3.5
5
4
10
0
9
0a
16
36
14
33
10
0
3b
5a
2
18
7
5
15
16
11
4
10
4
9
2
3
8
2
4
6
3
0
0
2
2
2
5
2
2
4
0
3
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
2
0
0
2
2
1
1
0
0
10
8
15
30
7
18
13
12
20
22
30
27
23
23
35
51
10
12
49
19
0
0
4
0
1
4
6
8
2
9
9
6
2
6
3
3
5
1
12
9
2
0
16
2
1.9
7.5
1.5
26
3.3
2.2
Intraoperative complications
The mean operative time was 114 minutes, with an estimated blood loss of 80 cc. The return of bowel function
was 1.7 days after surgery. The average hospital stay was
1.9 days, and the average return to normal activities was
two weeks after the operation. Postoperative wound complications were minimal after laparoscopic ventral hernia
repair. They included infection (2.2 per cent), seroma
persisting for more than six weeks (7.5 per cent), and
hematoma formation (six per cent). In 1.5 per cent of
patients, mesh removal was required due to mesh infection or reoperation for missed or delayed bowel injury.
Other complications included ileus (2.4 per cent), urinary
retention (1 per cent), bowel obstruction (0.5 per cent),
and trocar site bleeding (0.3 per cent). Chronic pain can
develop at sites where full-thickness abdominal wall
sutures are used for mesh fixation; this has been reported
in 0.22 per cent of patients. Most instances of pain
resolve without intervention. Some authors have reported
the use of injection of local analgesics for the relief of pain.
Occasionally, repeat injections are necessary to achieve
pain relief. Reoperation for suture removal is required
rarely. These sutures are considered an essential step by
most surgeons to help reduce hernia recurrences by
preventing mesh migration.
Choice of prosthetic
Laparoscopic surgery allows placement of a large overlay
of mesh without soft-tissue dissection. The mean size of
all hernia defects was 89 cm2 and the mean mesh size was
201 cm2. Most surgeons used expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE) DualMeshas the prosthetic material
of choice. The 3-&m-size pores on the side of the mesh in
contact with the abdominal contents result in a low incidence of adhesion formation between the biomaterial
and the viscera. More importantly, even if bowel is adherent to the mesh, the ePTFE DualMesh inhibits ingrowth,
preventing fistula formation and bowel obstruction. A
variety of composite mesh products are available and are
being evaluated (see Chapter 4). One side of the composite mesh is made of polypropylene or polyester to promote ingrowth into the abdominal wall (although the
mesh is actually placed in direct contact with the peritoneum in most cases). The other side of the mesh is
made of either permanent ePTFE or an absorbable antiadhesion barrier. This side is placed toward the abdominal cavity with the intention of preventing ingrowth
to the polypropylene (ePTFE permanent material) or
preventing adhesions (absorbable material). The great
majority of authors who have published series of laparoscopic ventral hernia repair refrained from using
polypropylene or polyester mesh that would allow potential direct contact with intra-abdominal organs, especially
large and/or small intestine. Based on published series, it
Recurrence
The mean recurrence rate from the series in Table 21.1
was 3.3 per cent, at a mean follow-up of 26 months. Few
additional recurrences are expected in these series, since
up to 90 per cent of recurrences occur within the first two
years after ventral hernia repair.1,31 In fact, future recurrence rates for laparoscopic ventral hernia repair may
actually be lower, because most of these reports included
surgeons experience during their learning curve. A common cause for recurrence noted in some series is a lack of
suture fixation.26,32,36
Table 21.2 Results of comparative studies between laparoscopic and open ventral hernia repair
Reference
Technique
Patients
(n)
Open
Laparoscopic
Open
Laparoscopic
Open
Laparoscopic
Open
Laparoscopic
Open
Laparoscopic
Open
Laparoscopic
Open
Laparoscopic
Open with mesh
Open without mesh
Laparoscopic
16
20
49
56
30
30
174
79
18
21
14
14
23
31
90
119
86
Previous
repairs
(n)
Hernia
size
(cm2)
Operating
room time
(min)
Length
of stay
(days)
Postoperative
complication
rate (%)
Infection
rate (%)
Seroma
rate (%)
Follow-up
(months)
Recurrence
rate (%)
4
8
9
16
22
23
51
36
3
11
28
6
15
148
105
105
99
141
140
34
73
79
12
112
98
128
78
95
112
87
82
58
78
124
102
70
131
5
1.6
6.5
3.4
9.1
2.2
2.8
1.7
4.4
0.8
5.5
5
2.5
1.5
1.5
31
23
37
18
50
20
26
15
72
57
14
14
28
22
24
6
5
2
0
18
0
3
0
33
10
0
7
30
16
13
10
9
0
5
2
4
67
13
50
19
12
4
9
19
10
54
24
27
27
21
21
24
24
32
24
24
13
10
35
11
7
0
21
3
0
6
6
9
1
CONCLUSION
Laparoscopic repair of ventral and incisional hernias is an
attractive approach for a difficult problem. The achievement of a low recurrence rate while minimizing wound
complications is a combination of goals that has eluded
open approaches for ventral hernia repair. While the
laparoscopic approach makes sense and is being adopted by
many surgeons, it remains an advanced laparoscopic procedure with inherent potential complications, especially during the learning curve. Results of the studies presented in
this chapter point out the importance of good patient selection and recognition of the potential for intraoperative and
delayed visceral injury. Improvements in training and education of minimally invasive surgical procedures will help
to maximize the safe adoption of advanced laparoscopic
techniques, such as laparoscopic ventral hernia repair.
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Luijendijk RW, Hop WCJ, van der Tol MP, et al. A comparison of
suture repair with mesh repair for incisional hernia. N Engl J Med
2000; 343: 3928.
Larson GM. Ventral hernia repair by the laparoscopic approach.
Surg Clin North Am 2000; 80: 132940.
Hesselink VJ, Luijendijk RW, de Wilt JHW, et al. An evaluation of
risk factors in incisional hernia recurrence. Surg Gynecol Obstet
1993; 176: 22834.
Stoppa RE. The treatment of complicated groin and incisional
hernias. World J Surg 1989; 13: 54554.
Korenkov M, Sauerland S, Arndt M, et al. Randomized clinical trial
of suture repair, polypropylene mesh or autodermal hernioplasty
for incisional hernia. Br J Surg 2002; 89: 5056.
Cassar K, Munro A. Surgical treatment of incisional hernia.
Br J Surg 2002; 89: 53445.
Leber GE, Barb JL, Albert AI, Reed WD. Long-term complications
associated with prosthetic repair of incisional hernias. Arch Surg
1998; 133: 37882.
George CD, Ellis H. The results of incisional hernia repair in a
12-year review. Ann R Coll Surg 1986; 68: 1857.
White TJ, Santos MC, Thompson JS. Factors affecting wound
complications in repair of ventral hernias. Am Surg 1998; 64:
27680.
Ramshaw BJ, Esartia P, Schwab J, et al. Comparison of
laparoscopic and open ventral herniorrhaphy. Am Surg 1999; 65:
82732.
Morris-Stiff GJ, Hughes LE. The outcomes of nonabsorbable mesh
placed within the abdominal cavity. Literature review and clinical
experience. J Am Coll Surg 1998; 186: 35267.
Wright BE, Niskanen BD, Peterson DJ, et al. Laparoscopic ventral
hernia repair: are there comparative advantages over traditional
methods of repair? Am Surg, 2002; 68: 2916.
Robbins SB, Pofahl WE, Gonzalez RP. Laparoscopic ventral hernia
repair reduces wound complications. Am Surg 2001; 67: 896900.
Temudom T, Siadati M, Sarr MG. Repair of complex giant or
recurrent ventral hernias by using tension-free intraperitoneal
prosthetic mesh (Stoppa technique): lessons learned from our
initial experience (fifty patients). Surgery 1996; 120: 73844.
LeBlanc KA, Booth WV. Laparoscopic repair of incisional
abdominal hernias using expanded polytetrafluoroethylene:
preliminary findings. Surg Laparosc Endosc 1993; 3: 3941.
LeBlanc KA, Booth WV, Whitaker JM. Laparoscopic repair of
ventral hernias using an intraperitoneal onlay patch: report of
current results. Contemp Surg 1994; 45: 21114.
Saiz AA, Willis IH, Paul DK, Sivina M. Laparoscopic ventral hernia
repair: a community hospital experience. Am Surg 1996; 62: 3368.
Park A, Gagner M, Pomp A. Laparoscopic repair of large incisional
hernias. Surg Laparosc Endosc 1996; 6: 1238.
Tsimoyiannis EC, Tassis A, Glantzounis G, et al. Laparoscopic
intraperitoneal onlay mesh repair of incisional hernia. Surg
Laparosc Endosc 1998; 8: 3602.
Franklin ME, Dorman JP, Glass JL, et al. Laparoscopic ventral and
incisional hernia repair. Surg Laparosc Endosc 1998; 8: 2949.
Toy FK, Bailey RW, Carey S, et al. Prospective, multicenter study of
laparoscopic ventral hernioplasty. Preliminary results. Surg Endosc
1998; 12: 9559.
Constanza MJ, Heniford BT, Arca MJ, et al. Laparoscopic repair of
recurrent ventral hernias. Am Surg 1998; 64: 11217.
Sanders L, Flint LM, Ferrara JJ. Initial experience with laparoscopic
repair of incisional hernias. Am J Surg 1999; 177: 22831.
Kyzer S, Alis M, Aloni Y, Charuzi I. Laparoscopic repair of
postoperation ventral hernia. Early postoperation results. Surg
Endosc 1999; 13: 92831.
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
22
Complications and their management
SAMUEL K. MILLER, STEPHEN D. CAREY, FRANCISCO J. RODRIGUEZ AND ROY T. SMOOT, JR
Bowel injury
Laparoscopic assisted hernia repair
Mesh infection
Seroma
Postoperative/suture pain
161
163
164
165
166
166
166
168
168
BOWEL INJURY
The most feared complication associated with the laparoscopic approach to ventral hernia is enterotomy. Bowel
injury has resulted in serious morbidity and mortality.
Several authors report bowel injuries,3,4,9,1113,18 with an
overall average incidence of 1.1 per cent. Table 22.2 presents the series reporting bowel injuries. Holzman and colleagues describe a single enterotomy during laparoscopy
that required conversion to an open procedure to avoid
placement of prosthetic material.3 Toy and coworkers
mention two enterotomies in their prospective multicenter study but do not give any further details.4 Ramshaw
and colleagues had two serious bowel injuries: one was
recognized and repaired at the time of injury but subsequently it dehisced and required reoperation; the second
went unrecognized and required reoperation with mesh
removal.9 Ramshaw and colleagues also had one minor
serosal bowel injury with no sequelae.9
Koehler and Voeller mention two unrecognized bowel
injuries, with one patient ultimately dying of hepatic failure on the twenty-ninth postoperative day.11 This death
Cases (n)
20
144
176
15
10
56
79
53
34
75
14
96
100
21
42
407
31
17
182
Mean follow-up
(months)
Recurrence
(%)
Complications
(%)
10.2
7.4
33.6
18
15
24
21
12
20
17
51
30
27
23
31
1.0
4.2
1.1
0
0
11.0
2.5
0
8.8
9.3
7.0
9.3
2.0
4.8
7.1
3.4
11.8
2.7
25
25
5
13
30
18
19
11
21
19
14
15
16
10
13
16
24
17
22.7
65/1541
4.2
233/1530
15.2
1572
Cases
(n)
Enterotomies
(n)
Complications
(%)
20
144
79
34
75
14
407
799
1
2
3
2
2
2
6
0
5.0
1.4
3.8
5.9
2.7
14.3
1.5
0
1572
17
1.1
MESH INFECTION
Mesh infections (Table 22.3) are a very serious complication reported in multiple series, with an average reported
incidence of 1.4 per cent.46,8,1012,16,18,19 Infection rates
for open incisional hernia repairs are 16 per cent.27
Avoidance of infection includes strict attention to sterile
technique. The patient should be carefully prepped and
draped. Many surgeons recommend the use of an adhesive barrier drape, as is commonly done in vascular
surgery. The mesh itself should be treated in the same
fashion as any vascular graft, in that contact with the skin
should be avoided. Even the largest expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE) patches can easily be drawn into
the abdomen through a standard Hasson trocar. Use of
antibiotic-impregnated prosthetics may offer some measure of protection against infection. The lower infection
rates in laparoscopic repairs may be due to the avoidance
of long incisions, wide dissection or flap creation, opening of the hernia sac, and placement of drains.4,8,18,28
With rare exception, all infected biomaterials placed
laparoscopically to repair incisional hernias must be
removed to control infection and sepsis. Toy and colleagues describe five wound infections, four of which
started at a trocar site.4 Three responded to intravenous
antibiotic therapy without mesh removal, and two cases
required removal of the mesh. Franklin and coworkers
document only a single mesh infection with staphylococcus in series of 176 patients.5 The mesh infection occurred
14 months postoperatively and the mesh was removed.
Kyzer and coworkers had a single mesh infection that
required removal and subsequently led to a recurrent hernia.10 Koehler and Voeller11 and Roth and colleagues12
mention two mesh infections in each of their respective
series, but they fail to give any further clinical details.
DeMaria and coworkers had a single mesh infection
requiring mesh removal because of an abscess.16 The
author felt that seroma aspiration led to contamination
and subsequent abscess formation. Heniford and colleagues had four mesh infections in 407 patients, and all
required removal of the mesh.18 Two had prior mesh
infections with open hernia repair. One developed skin
necrosis over the mesh, which eventually became exposed.
The last patient developed a mesh infection several weeks
Cases
(n)
Mesh infection
(n)
Complications
(%)
144
176
15
56
53
34
75
21
407
31
182
378
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
4
1
5
0
1.4
0.6
6.7
3.6
1.9
5.9
2.7
4.8
1.0
3.2
2.7
0
1572
22
1.4
SEROMA
The standard laparoscopic techniques for ventral hernia
repair involve reduction of the hernia contents followed
by coverage of the defect with an appropriately sized
piece of mesh. The hernia sac is left in situ. Fluid accumulation in the hernia sac is very common in our experience and confirmed by many others.35,79,11,12,14,15,18,23
LeBlanc and colleagues considered postoperative seromas to be the most common minor complication.14
Heniford and coworkers state that many patients develop
small, self-limited collections of fluid over the mesh.18
The definition of significant collection varies among
reported series. Some authors define a significant fluid
collection as one that requires aspiration because of
steady growth or clinical symptoms. Others define a
significant fluid collection as one that lasts for more than
six weeks.8,18 Review of the literature demonstrates a
Cases
(n)
Seromas
(n)
Complications
(%)
20
144
176
10
56
79
34
75
96
100
407
182
193
1
23
2
1
2
2
2
3
7
10
8
8
0
5.0
16.0
1.1
10.0
3.6
2.5
5.9
4.0
7.3
10.0
2.0
4.4
0
1572
69
4.4
POSTOPERATIVE/SUTURE PAIN
We have found that laparoscopic ventral and incisional
hernia repairs tend to be exceedingly painful compared
with other minimally invasive surgeries. Ramshaw and
colleagues report similar findings.9 They believe that the
pain is related to the number of full-thickness sutures
and posterior fascial tacks used. Length of hospital stay
will be proportional to the degree of pain. We generally
keep patients in the hospital for three to four days for
postoperative pain management. This is several days
longer than the average length of stay reported in the literature. Our preferred method of analgesia is patientcontrolled analgesia (PCA) with morphine.
The reported incidence of suture and/or protracted
pain is around 1.3 per cent. Heniford and colleagues
RECURRENCE OF HERNIA
Overall recurrence rates for open ventral incisional hernia repairs have been high and range from 30 to 60 per
cent.4,2937 A review of the literature demonstrates that
laparoscopic hernia repair has lowered this dramatically
to approximately four per cent (with a mean follow-up
period of 22.5 months) (Table 22.1).
Several factors are reported to increase the risk of
recurrence after ventral hernia repairs. These include
infection at the original operation38 and size of the original hernia.31 Other authors have noted wound infections, obesity, advanced age, pulmonary complications,
hepatic insufficiency, and male gender as risk factors for
recurrence.6 Park and colleagues report higher recurrences with larger hernias, hernias in a central or midline
location compared with lateral hernias, and wound complications after hernia repair.8 Roth and coworkers, on
the other hand, found no association between the size
and the number of previous repairs, age, postoperative
complications, or location of recurrence.12 Koehler and
Voeller warn us to consider occult liver disease in any
hernia recurrence that cannot be explained by infection
or collagen-vascular disease, and they give supporting
references.11,39,40 LeBlanc and colleagues state that their
recurrences are generally associated with large and multiple defects, the use of only one method of fixation for
the prosthetic patch, and an inadequate patch size.14
Hesselink and coworkers noted a 41 per cent cumulative
5
6
7
CONCLUSION
With the adaptation of laparoscopic techniques to general
surgical procedures over the past 15 years, several questions have arisen relative to ventral hernia disease. Could
ventral and ventral incisional hernias be repaired laparoscopically? Would the laparoscopic approach result in a
reduction in surgical complications as well as a reduction
in recurrence rates? Finally, would the techniques result in
increased patient satisfaction with reduced convalescence
and early return to full activity and work?
Over ten years experience with laparoscopic ventral
hernia repair has helped us to answer these questions.
The laparoscopic techniques could easily be adapted to
ventral hernia repair. The procedure is technically feasible and can be mastered by surgeons skilled in advanced
laparoscopic surgery. In addition, the procedure has
resulted in reduced morbidity, with a reduction in operative and postoperative complications. Recurrence data
are very encouraging and appear to reveal a marked
reduction in recurrence rates versus open repair. Patient
satisfaction is very high, with patients who have undergone multiple repairs of recurrent hernias finally finding
a solution to their problem. The data on length of stay,
return to full activity, and return to work attest to the
benefits of the laparoscopic approach.
Laparoscopic ventral hernia repair has shown itself to
be an excellent solution to what has been a serious problem in surgery, namely ventral and incisional hernia disease. The future of the procedure rests upon the sound
judgment of the surgeons performing the procedure.
Surgeons must adhere to basic surgical principles and
always make the safety of the patient their priority. The
initial results of the procedure are encouraging, and
long-term follow up is essential to verify the long-term
benefit of the procedure.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
REFERENCES
Mudge M, Hughes LE. Incisional hernia: a 10 year prospective
study of incidence and attitudes. Br J Surg 1985; 72: 701.
2 Munson JL. Problems in General Surgery 1985; 2: 589614.
3 Holzman MD, Purut CM, Reintgen K, et al. Laparoscopic ventral
and incisional hernioplasty. Surg Endosc 1997; 11: 325.
25
26
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Houck JP, Rypins EB, Sarfeh IJ, et al. Repair of incisional hernia.
Surg Gynecol Obstet 1989; 169: 3979.
Carbajo MA, Martin del Olmo JC, Blanco JI, et al. Laparoscopic
treatment vs open surgery in the solution of major incisional
and abdominal wall hernias with mesh. Surg Endosc 1999;
13: 2502.
Langer S, Christiansen J. Long-term results after incisional hernia
repair. Acta Chir Scand 1985; 151: 21719.
Van der Linden FT, van Vroonhoven TJ. Long-term results after
correction of incisional hernia. Neth J Surg 1988; 40: 1279.
Hesselink VJ, Luijendijk RW, de Wilt JWH, et al. An evaluation of
risk factors in incisional hernia recurrence. Gynecol Obstet 1993;
176: 22834.
Santora TA, Roslyn JJ. Incisional hernia. Surg Clin N Am 1993;
73: 55770.
Paul A, Korenkov M, Peters S, et al. Unacceptable results of the
Mayo procedure for repair of abdominal incisional hernia.
Eur J Surg 1998; 164: 3617.
Luijendijk RW, Lemmen MH, Hop WC, Wereldsma JC. Incisional
hernia recurrence following vest over pants or vertical Mayo
repair of primary hernia of the midline. World J Surg 1997;
21: 626.
Koller R, Miholic J, Jakl RJ. Repair of incisional hernias with
expanded polytetrafluoroethylene. Eur J Surg 1997: 163: 2616.
Gecim II E, Kocak S, Ersoz S, et al. Recurrence after incisional
hernia repair: results and risk factors. Surg Today 1996; 26: 6079.
George CD, Ellis H. The results of incisional hernia repair: a twelve
year review. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 1986; 68: 1857.
Bucknall TE, Cox PJ, Ellis H. Burst abdomen and incisional hernia: a
prospective study of 1129 major laparotomies. Br Med J 1982;
284: 9313.
Bauer JJ, Salky BA, Gelernt IM, Kreel I. Repair of large abdominal
wall defects with ePTFE. Ann Surg 1987; 206: 7659.
Lamont PM, Ellis H. Incisional hernia in re-operated abdominal
incisions: an overlooked risk factor. Br J Surg 1988; 75: 3746.
Stoppa RE. The treatment of complicated groin and incisional
hernias. World J Surg 1989; 13: 54554.
Condon RE. Prosthetic repair of abdominal hernias. In: Nyhus LM,
Condon RE, eds. Hernia, 4th edn. Philadelphia: JB Lippincott, 1995:
188210.
Wantz G. Incisional hernioplasty with Mersilene. Surg Gynecol
Obstet 1991; 172: 129.
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
Condon RE. Incisional hernia. In: Nyhus LM, Condon RE, eds.
Hernia, 4th edn. Philadelphia: JB Lippincott, 1995: 31939.
Mclanahan D, King LT, Weems C, et al. Retrorectus prosthetic mesh
repair of midline abdominal hernia. Am J Surg 1997; 173: 4459.
Amid PK, Shulman AG, Lichtenstein L. A simple stapling technique
for prosthetic repair of massive incisional hernias. Am Surg 1995;
60: 9347.
Ramshaw BJ, Schwab J, Mason EM, et al. Comparison of
laparoscopic and open ventral herniorrhaphy. Am Surg 1999; 65:
82731; 8312.
Cristoforoni PM, Kim YB, Preys Z, et al. Adhesion formation after
incisional hernia repair: a randomized porcine trial. Am Surg 1996;
62: 9358.
Law NW, Ellis H. Adhesion formation and peritoneal healing on
prosthetic materials. Clin Mater 1988; 3: 95101.
Murphy JL, Freeman JB, Dionne PG. Comparison of Marlex and
Gore-Tex to repair abdominal wall defects in the rat. Can J Surg
1989; 32: 2447.
Molloy RG, Moran KT, Walaron RP, et al. Massive incisional hernia:
abdominal wall replacement with Marlex mesh. Br J Surg 1991;
78: 2424.
McCarthy JD, Twiest MW. Intraperitoneal polypropylene
mesh support incisional herniorrhaphy. Am J Surg 1981;
142: 70711.
Bellon JM, Contreras LA, Sabeter C, Bujan J. Pathologic and clinical
aspects of repair of large incisional hernias after implant of PTFE
prosthesis. World J Surg 1997; 21: 4027.
Monaghan RA, Meban S. ePTFE patch in the hernia repair: a
review of clinical experience. Can J Surg 1991; 34: 5055.
Ambrosiani N, Harb J, Gavelli A, Huguet C. Echec de la cure des
eventrations et des hernies par plaque de PTFE (111 cas). Ann Chir
1994; 48: 91720.
Saiz AB, Willis IH, Paul DK, Sivina M. Laparoscopic ventral
hernia repair: a community hospital experience. Am Surg 1996;
5: 3368.
Ven der Lei B, Bleichrodt RP, Simmermacher RKJ, van Schilgaarde
R. Expanded polytetrafluoroethylene patch for the repair of large
abdominal wall defects. Br J Surg 1989; 76: 8035.
Gillion JF, Begin GF, Marecos C, Fourtanir G. Expanded
polytetrafluoroethylene patches used in the intraperitoneal or
extraperitoneal position for repair of incisional hernias of the
anterolateral abdominal wall. Am J Surg 1997; 174: 1617.
PART
Laparoscopic treatment of
diaphragmatic herniation
23
24
25
26
27
28
History
Anatomy and physiology
Preoperative evaluation
Gastroesophageal reflux disease
Para-esophageal hernias
Traumatic and unusual herniation
173
179
187
193
201
209
217
227
235
239
23
History
RAYMOND C. READ
Initial experience
Short esophagus
Phillip Allisons contribution
Rudolph Nissens contribution
173
173
174
175
INITIAL EXPERIENCE
Herniation of abdominal contents through the diaphragm
has been recognized for centuries. According to Reid, the
lesion was first documented by Sennertus in 1541 at postmortem examination.2 Boyle described the clinical findings in 1812.3 Successful repair was accomplished by
Potemski in 1889.4 Congenital diaphragmatic herniation
was reported in 1701 by Holt.5 Operative correction was
effected in 1902 by Heidenhain.6 Ambroise Pare in 1610,
quoted by Hedblom,7 described cases of hiatus herniation
and post-traumatic protrusion at autopsy, but it was
not until 1908 that the former, discovered fortuitously
at laparotomy, was dealt with in a living person. Even
Part of this review was presented at the third Annual Scientific Meeting
of the American Hernia Society, Toronto, 15 June 2000, and has been
published previously as Contribution of Allison and Nissen to laparoscopic hiatal herniorrhaphy in Hernia 2002; 5: 200203.
Laparoscopic approach
Conclusion
References
175
176
176
SHORT ESOPHAGUS
Harrington10 and other surgeons in the period between
the two world wars encountered some patients, young
and old, whose stomachs could not be reduced below the
diaphragm because of shortening and narrowing of the
esophagus. Forceful taxis resulted in disruption. These
individuals were therefore not operated upon, being
managed instead by bougienage. Harrington, as pointed
Barrett in 1950 distinguished between peptic ulceration of the esophagus lined with squamous epithelium
and gastric ulceration distally in what he called thoracic
stomach, even though it had no serosal covering to go
along with its adenomatous mucosa.1 (Barretts rejoinder
to such quibblers was Neither does the cardia!) Three
years later, Allison and Johnstone, in a paper entitled The
esophagus lined with gastric mucous membrane, argued
that Barretts thoracic stomach was actually esophagus
with an abnormal mucosa.18 They conferred his name on
both the epithelium and ulcers arising therein. They also
noted the presence of sliding hiatus herniation with or
without a para-esophageal component in their patients,
all of whom demonstrated peptic esophagitis (Allisons
term) or Barretts reflux esophagitis. In over 100 patients
with peptic stricture of the esophagus, less than ten per cent
were in the gastric lining. Most occurred at the junction
of squamous and adenomatous epithelium. Their conclusion was that the gastric epithelium in the esophagus,
rather than being congenital in origin, might develop by
healing of reflux esophagitis with metaplasia. LortatJacob19 and Hayward13 concluded that all such cases were
acquired. Interestingly, the former, a Frenchman, introduced the term endo-brachy-oesophage, analogous to the
English short esophagus. Lortat-Jacob agreed with Allison
that reflux esophagitis could shorten the squamous-lined
esophagus when its inferior portion became lined with
gastric-type mucosa.
One of Allison and Johnstones patients developed a
cancer in the adenomatous lining of the esophagus.18 At
72 years of age, he had complained of hiccup, epigastric
pain, flatulence, and nocturnal regurgitation on and off
for his entire life. Increasing dysphagia had started eight
weeks before admission. Olsen and Harrington had previously reported on four such examples of malignancy
associated with short esophagus and hiatus herniation.20
In discussion, Sweet commented that 13 per cent of his
resections for cancer of the cardia at the Massachusetts
General Hospital had been in patients with the short
esophagushiatus hernia syndrome. Cases of the latter
presenting with perforation or massive hemorrhage had
ulcers arising in the adenomatous epithelium of the
esophagus (Barretts), not in the squamous lining above.
To prevent reflux esophagitis, Allison focused on
hiatus herniorrhaphy.21 Since there was, at the time, no
anatomical or physiological evidence for a sphincter at
the esophagogastric junction, he set out to re-establish
both the angle of His and the diaphragmatic pinchcock
formed by the right crus of the diaphragm and the
phreno-esophageal ligaments. The situation being considered analogous to that of the puborectalis sling around the
anorectal junction, Allison felt that a posterior rather than
the popular anterior repair was indicated. His herniorrhaphy was conducted through the chest, the diaphragm
being incised to expose the abdomen.
History 175
LAPAROSCOPIC APPROACH
This mini-invasive surgical technique evolved from
endoscopy,29 which began on the island of Kos with the
school of Hippocrates (460375 BC), who described the
rectal speculum. A three-bladed vaginal speculum was
recovered from the ruins of Pompeii. The earliest light
sources were mirrors, introduced by the Arabs before
1000 AD. In 1587, Aranzi described the use of the camera
obscura, popularized by Leonardo da Vinci in 1519. A
spherical glass flask filled with water was used to focus a
beam of sunlight into the nasal cavity. In the seventeenth
century, Borell employed a lantern.
Bozzini in 1806 initiated modern endoscopy by developing a complex tubular system to convey light from
a candle allowing observation of the bladder or cervix
through a second channel. Segal in 1826 used a similar
arrangement to fabricate a cystoscope without lenses.
Desormeaux in 1865 and Nitze in 1879 developed telescopic instruments. Originally, their light source was
an overheated, water-cooled platinum wire (described
by Bruck in 1867), but after the electric light bulb was
invented in 1880 by Edison, this was incorporated into
a gastroscope by Mickulicz in 1881 and into a cystoscope
by Newman in 1883. Later, the bulb was mounted distally,
an operating channel was added, and the lens was separated therefrom.
Laparoscopy began in 1901 when Ott reported on
culdoscopy and later (1909) on ventroscopy using a
speculum. Kelling in 1902 suggested that a better view
of the compressed viscera could be obtained by inducing
pneumoperitoneum, this having been performed earlier
in the treatment of tuberculosis. His first observations,
Koelioskopie, were made on animals but in 1910 Jacobeus
reported 17 lapothorakoskopies on patients with ascites
employing a Nitze cystoscope. Further developments
included the use of the Trendelenburg position and a
trocar endoscope by Nordentoeft in 1912. The automatic
spring insufflating needle was invented by Goetz in 1918.
Carbon dioxide, which is absorbed more rapidly than
air, was substituted for air by Zollikofer in 1924. Kalk in
1929 devised a new lens system that permitted oblique
(135-degree) viewing, along with a dual-trocar technique.
In the 1930s, laparoscopy was performed largely by
general surgeons and internists (e.g. Ruddock) for the
diagnosis and biopsy of visceral disease. The stomach,
bladder and rectosigmoid were sometimes transilluminated for better evaluation. The first operation using
laparoscopy, adhesiolysis, was carried out by Fervers in
1933. Boesch in 1936 used the procedure for sterilization,
coagulating the fallopian tubes. Palmer expanded its use
in gynecology. Advances in instrumentation enhanced its
popularity: cold light illumination (Foursestiere in 1943),
fiber-optics (Hopkins in 1952), and new instruments
(Frangenheim in 1954, Semm in 1963). Semm also introduced the automatic insufflator. Later, bipolar coagulation
(Frangenheim in 1972) and laser technology (Bruhat in
1979) were added. Nevertheless, the major breakthrough
was the invention of the computer-chip video camera in
1986. This enabled assistants and students to view the
progress of the operation.
In 1981, Semm performed laparoscopic appendectomy; cholecystectomy followed (Muhe in 1986, Mouret
in 1987). Despite initial censure, laparoscopic herniorrhaphy, hysterectomy, bowel resection, gastrectomy, nephrectomy, cystectomy, splenectomy, adrenalectomy, vagotomy
and esophagectomy followed rapidly. Thoracoscopy was
rejuvenated.
Laparoscopic fundoplication was introduced independently by Geagea and Dallemagne in 1991. Since then,
it has been adopted worldwide and has supplanted the
open Nissen procedure. Hospital stay is reduced along
with postoperative morbidity. Treatment costs are thereby
reduced. An increase in operating time can be eliminated
by experience. Follow-up studies, many of which are prolonged and randomized, show that results are as good as
those obtained by classical open procedures, except perhaps with esophageal shortening or giant para-esophageal
herniation. Here, restoration of the abdominal esophagus
or recurrence pose problems.
Whereas a 360-degree fundoplication is the most common procedure, partial wraps are favored by some surgeons, especially if emptying of the esophagus or stomach
is inadequate. The mini-invasive nature of laparoscopy
has made surgery more acceptable, and it has become
competitive with long-term medical treatment. Improved
outpatient pH monitoring and other diagnostic measures
have expanded the population known to be suffering
from GERD.
The success of laparoscopic fundoplication, complete
or partial, in both children and adults has extended this
technique to prosthetic repair of hiatal defects, the Collis
operation for short esophagus, and the management of
incarcerated para-esophageal herniation. Other diaphragmatic hernias protruding through the foramina of
Bochdalek and Morgagni have been dealt with similarly,
along with blunt or penetrating injuries seen early or
late. Heller cardiomyotomies have also been performed
for achalasia. Smaller ports, narrower instruments, and
joystick controls have facilitated these procedures.30
Robotics are now on emerging technology.
CONCLUSION
Our understanding of the common ailment, reflux
esophagitis, has been shown to be based largely on the pioneering efforts of European thoracic surgeons. By unraveling congenital misplacement, hiatus herniation, short
esophagus, stricture, ulceration, adenomatous hyperplasia, and its malignant transformation, they made
modern surgical therapy possible.
European surgeons again played a leading role in the
evolution of laparoscopy from endoscopy. The successful application of this technique to appendectomy and
cholecystectomy stimulated its use, a decade ago, in the
management of GERD. This approach has now supplanted open fundoplication. It has been adopted for
prosthetic repair of various diaphragmatic hernias,
Heller myotomy, Collis gastroplasty and, combined with
thoracoscopy, esophagectomy. Technical advances and
new instrumentation continue to improve patient outcome while reducing costs and hospitalization.
REFERENCES
1 Barrett NR. Chronic peptic ulcer of the oesophagus and oesophagitis.
Br J Surg 1950; 38: 17582.
2 Reid J. Case of diaphragmatic hernia produced by a penetrating
wound. Edinburgh Med J 1840; 53: 10412.
3 Boyle A. Case of wounded diaphragm. Edinburgh Med J 1812;
8: 424.
4 Potemski M. Nouvo processo operativo per la reduzione cruenta
della cruie diaframmatiche da trauma e per la sutura della ferite
del diaframma. Bull Reale Acad Med Roma 1889; 15: 191.
History 177
5
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
24
Anatomy and physiology
MARK A. REINER
Anatomy
Physiology
Surgical considerations for diaphragmatic repair
in patients with gastroesophageal reflux disease
179
183
Conclusion
References
185
185
184
ANATOMY
The diaphragm separates the abdominal and thoracic cavities. It is composed of a non-contractile central tendon
and three peripheral or skeletal muscular components, the
sternal, costal, and lumbar or crural.1 The central tendon
connects all of the muscular components by acting as a
central focal point from which these three muscle groups
radiate. The sternal portion of the muscular component
originates from the undersurface of the sternum and may
be considered as an independent structure or as the medial
aspect of the costal segment.1,2 The costal portion originates from the undersurface of the lower six costochondral junctions, extending on to these ribs, and then ending
by interdigitating with the transversus abdominis muscles
bilaterally. The lumbar or crural segment originates from
Esophageal hiatus
Aortic hiatus
Left crus
Medial arcuate
ligament
Lateral arcuate
ligament
Quadratus lumborum
Lumbar vertebrae
Central component
Right component
Left component
the inferior vena cava and along the right side of its hiatus. The vessel divides into a medial and lateral branch.
The medial branch angles further anteriorly and anastomoses with the same branch of the opposite side, as well
as the musculophrenic and pericardiophrenic vessels.
The lateral branch courses laterally to anastomose with
the posterior intercostal arteries.1 The left vessel is significantly more medial and runs anterior to the esophagus
and ventrally along the left side of the esophageal hiatus.1,4 It must be noted carefully at this site to prevent
inadvertent injury during anti-reflux procedures, especially when closing the diaphragmatic rent. Branches of
the inferior phrenic vessels and occasionally an arterial
branch off the left gastric artery will pass just anterior
to the ventral margin of the esophageal hiatus.5 These
vessels can be injured when mobilizing the left lateral
segment of the liver or when a probe is placed in the
hiatus for anterior displacement aiding visualization
during an anti-reflux procedure. If this vessel is near the
apex, I prefer to use a more flat or fan retractor to help
prevent injury.
The next integral anatomical component in preventing reflux disease is the phreno-esophageal ligament. This
Anotomy/physiology 181
Elliptical hiatus
is a misnomer, being not a true ligament but rather a continuation of the subperitoneal fascia. Its attachments are
the anterior portion of the cardia of the stomach, the
lower 4 cm of the esophagus, and the left and right sides
of the crura around the esophageal hiatus. It terminates
on the left by merging into the gastrophrenic ligament
and on the right into the pars condensa of the lesser
omentum (Figure 24.3).4,7 The phreno-esophageal ligament is the only structure that establishes a direct connection between the lower esophageal sphincter and the
crural diaphragm. This structure has been considered an
important factor in preventing reflux. It tends to be
stretched and distracted in hiatal hernias.710 When this
occurs, it minimizes or eliminates any positive effect
that a normal ligament will have on reflux prevention.
This stretching, when seen in conjunction with a hiatus
hernia, allows a segment of gastric cardia to herniate
through the hiatus into the mediastinum, shortening the
length of the abdominal esophagus. When this occurs in
the presence of a hypotensive or atonic lower-esophageal
sphincter (LES), the patient will experience the symptoms
Oval-shaped
Central tendon
lateral muscular fibers of the hiatal borders stretch, especially as the phreno-esophageal ligaments elongate. This
causes a circular deformity of the esophageal hiatus without significantly enlarging its cross-sectional diameter.
The weakest portion of the hiatus is formed at the triangular shaped merging of the right crus fibers posteriorly
(Figure 24.7).7,9 This is an inherent site of anatomical
weakness that cannot be overcome by the extra support
provided by the prevertebral fascia. Forces that influence
the development of a hiatal hernia cause the rounding or
separation of these V-shaped muscular fibers, with the
subsequent effect of increasing the size of the esophageal
hiatus. Since the majority of the defect seen in hiatal hernias occurs dorsally, repair should be performed posterior
to the esophagus in order to re-establish normal anatomy.
I prefer to do the repair in the presence of a 5660 French
dilator so that I do not inadvertently make the new hiatal
size too narrow. Care must be taken to avoid injury to the
Anotomy/physiology 183
Intrathoracic esophagus
Intra-abdominal stomach
PHYSIOLOGY
The physiology of diaphragmatic function has a direct
effect on the presence or absence of symptomatic reflux.
A brief review of the etiological factors causing GERD
is warranted before we consider how to integrate the diaphragmatic repair into the surgical treatment of reflux
disease. Reflux occurs when gastric contents are regurgitated into the esophagus. The normal stomach resides in
an area of higher pressure than the thoracic esophagus. In
order for reflux not to occur, a pressure barrier must exist
between these areas of low and high pressure. A segment
of esophagus approximately 2 cm long, of which at least
1 cm usually resides intra-abdominally, called the LES, is
the junction between the two different pressure zones
(Figure 24.8). The presence of pathological reflux is
dependent on failure of the LES. Three factors come into
play. The first two are the normal average pressure and
the length of the sphincter.11 The third component of
this anti-reflux triad is the lower esophageal position. The
adequate presence of all three components will prevent
GERD under the conditions of rest, changing body positions, ingestion of moderate amounts of food and drink,
and physical activity that results in significant increases in
intra-abdominal pressures. A functional change in any
one of these components, without a corresponding compensatory adjustment in another of the other components, will result in GERD. An example of this adjustment
can be demonstrated in a patient with a shortened LES
segment. Reflux would occur unless there was a compensatory rise in the LES pressure. There is, however, one
situation in which there is an alteration in the balance
between these three factors that is physiologically normal
and the most common cause of non-pathological reflux:
transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (tLESR).
This occurs when there is gastric distention secondary to
ingestion of excess food, air, or gas, such as is seen with
carbonated beverages. This is unrelated to swallowing or
esophageal peristalsis, and it may have a neuromuscular
Anotomy/physiology 185
Esophagus
Pledget
Crural closure
5
6
7
8
CONCLUSION
The surgical treatment of GERD can be addressed successfully and safely only after fully understanding the
normal anatomy and physiology of the diaphragm, the
lower esophageal forces that prevent and cause reflux, and
the abnormal anatomical defects found in patients with
hiatus hernias. Failures can be kept to a minimum by the
diligent performance of a meticulous posterior repair of
the diaphragm before completing the fundoplication.
REFERENCES
10
11
12
13
14
15
Goss CM, ed. Grays Anatomy, 28th edn. Philadelphia: Lea &
Febiger, 1966.
2 Poole DC, Sexton WL, Farkas GA, et al. Diaphragm structure and
function in health and disease. Med Sci Sports Exerc 1997; 29:
73854.
3 Agur AMR, Lee MJ, eds. Grants Atlas of Anatomy, 10th edn.
Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 1999.
4 Delattre JF, Aviss C, Marcus C, Flament JB. Functional anatomy of
the gastroesophageal junction. Surg Clin North Am 2000; 80:
24160.
16
17
18
25
Preoperative evaluation
MARCO G. PATTI AND PIERO M. FISICHELLA
187
188
189
Laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication is one of the operations performed most frequently by general surgeons
today. The past decade has seen a progressive increase in
the number of laparoscopic Nissen fundoplications performed throughout the USA due to the recognition that
although the laparoscopic approach gives results similar
to those obtained with the open approach (excellent control of symptoms in about 90 per cent of patients), it is
also associated with shorter hospital stay, less postoperative discomfort, and faster recovery time.15 The increased
number of patients referred for surgical treatment has
allowed us to improve the understanding of the pathophysiology of the disease and to define the technical elements that play a role in the performance of an effective
and durable fundoplication.2
Traditionally, gastroenterologists have referred patients
for surgery based on clinical evaluation and findings of
endoscopy, particularly if they had a poor response to acidreducing medication. Today, however, this approach is
unacceptable for the following reasons: (1) many patients
undergo surgery for control of symptoms in the absence of
esophagitis; (2) more patients are referred for treatment
of atypical symptoms of gastroesophageal reflux disease
(GERD) such as cough or chest pain;6,7 and (3) because of
the efficacy of proton-pump inhibitors, in patients who do
not respond to these medications a diagnosis other than
GERD should be sought.8,9 Therefore, a careful and complete preoperative evaluation is of key importance for the
success of the operation.
190
191
Symptomatic evaluation
Patients are questioned regarding the presence of typical
and atypical symptoms (Table 25.1). The severity of the
symptoms is scored from 0 (asymptomatic) to four
(severely affecting quality of life). Symptoms alone, however, are not diagnostic of GERD. Unfortunately, many
clinicians are overly confident that a diagnosis of GERD
can be based firmly on the clinical findings, even though
it has been shown that symptoms are unreliable in diagnosing GERD.810 For instance, our group found that
among 822 consecutive patients referred for esophageal
function tests with a clinical diagnosis of GERD (based on
symptoms and endoscopic findings), 30 per cent had no
abnormal reflux by pH monitoring (GERD' patients).8
Heartburn and regurgitation were as frequent in
GERD% and GERD' patients, so symptoms alone could
Atypical symptoms
Heartburn
Regurgitation
Dysphagia
Cough
Wheezing
Chest pain
Hoarseness
Otitis media
Enamel problems
Barium swallow
This test provides information about the presence and
size of a hiatal hernia, the presence and length of a stricture, and the length of the esophagus. The test is not diagnostic of GERD, as a hiatal hernia or reflux of barium can
be present in patients who do not have GERD. However, it
has been shown that among patients with proven GERD,
a large hiatal hernia impairs the function of the loweresophageal sphincter (LES) and prolongs esophageal acid
clearance, producing more severe mucosal injury and
increasing the risk of pulmonary symptoms.12
ESOPHAGEAL MANOMETRY
This test provides information about the length and resting pressure of the LES and the quality of esophageal
peristalsis (amplitude, duration and velocity of the peristaltic waves). In most patients with GERD referred for
surgery, the LES is hypotensive. However, in some
patients, the resting pressure of the LES is normal, and it
is assumed that transient LES relaxations account for the
majority of reflux episodes.16 Regardless of the mechanism underlying the abnormal reflux, a fundoplication
restores the function of the LES by increasing the pressure and length of the sphincter13 or by decreasing the
frequency of episodes of transient LES relaxation.17 In
addition, esophageal manometry provides information
about esophageal peristalsis, which is the most important factor in acid clearance.18 Among 1006 consecutive
patients with GERD confirmed by pH monitoring, we
found that peristalsis was normal in 56 per cent of
patients, severely abnormal in 21 per cent of patients
(ineffective esophageal motility, IEM), and mildly abnormal in 23 per cent of patients (non-specific esophageal
motility disorder, NSEMD) (Figure 25.1). Patients with
Endoscopy
Endoscopy is usually the first test performed to confirm
a symptom-based diagnosis of GERD. However, the
approach has the following pitfalls:
23%
56%
21%
Normal
NSEMD
IEM
AMBULATORY pH MONITORING
Ambulatory pH monitoring is the most reliable test in the
diagnosis of GERD, with a sensitivity and specificity of
about 92 per cent.20 The results of the test are reproducible,
and false positive or negative results are rare. Acidsuppressing medications are discontinued three days
(H2-blocking agents) or 14 days (proton-pump inhibitors)
before the study. Diet and activity are unrestricted during
the study in order to mimic a typical day in the patients
life. This test is of key importance for the following reasons:
Barium swallow
A barium swallow is essential in order to define the
anatomy of the gastroesophageal junction. As shown by
Endoscopy
This determines whether esophagitis is present and
whether there is distortion of the gastroesophageal
junction.
Esophageal manometry
This determines the length and pressure of the LES and
its ability to relax in response to swallowing. In addition,
it assesses eventual changes in peristalsis.
Ambulatory pH monitoring
It is often assumed that if a patient has heartburn after a
fundoplication, then this is due to a failed operation, so
acid-reducing medications are restarted. However, this
approach is wrong in the majority of patients, as postoperative pH monitoring is abnormal in only about 20 per
cent of patients.24 In addition, this test determines whether
REFERENCES
11
12
13
14
1
5
6
10
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
26
Gastroesophageal reflux disease
J. BARRY McKERNAN AND CHARLES R. FINLEY
Treatment
Discussion
193
200
References
200
reflux and prevent the development of complications associated with GERD. The laparoscopic approach, as in cholecystectomy, adrenalectomy and splenectomy, has replaced
the open technique as a method of choice. Patients considered candidates for laparoscopic anti-reflux surgery are
those who have failed medical therapy, those who cannot
afford medical therapy, those who have recurrence of
symptoms, those with extra-esophageal manifestations or
strictures, and those with para-esophageal hernias. Previous
open abdominal surgery, either for reflux disease or for
other reasons, does not prevent the patient from having
a successful laparoscopic anti-reflux procedure.
TREATMENT
Non-surgical therapy
Although this chapter focuses primarily on the laparoscopic treatment of GERD, several other non-surgical
treatment modalities for GERD and related disorders
deserve mention. Patients are becoming more knowledgeable and inquisitive about their disease, in particular
through the use of the Internet. Two recent procedures
have caught the attention of patients with reflux disease
who are seeking non-surgical alternatives to the treatment of GERD. The first is the Stretta Procedure
(Curon Medical), which involves endoscopic delivery of
radiofrequency energy to the gastroesophageal junction.
Indicated in patients with minimally active esophagitis
and a hiatal hernia of less than 2 cm in size, one study
revealed a significantly improved quality of life and
esophageal acid exposure while eliminating the need for
antisecretory medication in the majority of patients
Surgical therapy
We employ a selective approach to treating GERD, tailoring the anti-reflux procedure to each patients underlying
anatomical and functional defect. The most commonly
performed procedures for GERD are Nissen fundoplication, modified Toupet fundoplication, and Collis gastroplasty combined with a fundoplication. Additionally, we
have chosen a team approach for the treatment of GERD,
utilizing an ambulatory surgical center focused on endoscopic surgery as well as a team of nursing staff and anesthesiologists intimately familiar with the perioperative
care of patients undergoing laparoscopic foregut surgery.
Patients are admitted to the outpatient surgery center
one hour before the induction of anesthesia. Liberal use
of metoclopramide and ondansetron perioperatively has
greatly reduced the incidence of postoperative nausea
and vomiting (PONV). Patients are given a single dose of
prophylactic antibiotics and pneumatic sequential compression hose to prevent deep venous thrombosis.8
primary surgeon and the assisting surgeon utilize a twohanded technique. This enhances exposure and speeds up
the operation. The patient is placed in the Trendelenburg
position, with the back elevated to approximately 30
degrees. The 10-mm, zero-degree laparoscope is then
replaced with a 45-degree laparoscope. An angled laparoscope is used on every case as it provides optimum
exposure to the areas of the gastroesophageal junction,
the splenic hilum, the posterior esophageal area, and the
posterior mediastinum. Initially, peritoneal attachments
between the fundus of the stomach and the diaphragm
are divided with the surgeons energy system of choice.
Liver retraction
Surgeon left hand
Surgeon right hand
15 cm
Operative techniques
Mobilization
Patients are placed on the operating table in the supine
position. Six trocars are utilized routinely, as shown in
Figure 26.1. Some surgeons prefer the semi-lithotomy
position. A 10-mm incision is made just to the left of the
midline (paramedian), approximately 15 cm below the
xiphoid process. A zero-degree laparoscope with a 10-mm
optically dilating trocar is used to gain entrance into the
peritoneal cavity. The use of the optically dilating trocar
cannot be overstated, as it has allowed access to the peritoneal cavity in many patients who have had previous
open and closed abdominal procedures. The trocar is
used in the following manner: after the skin incision is
made, the trocar is advanced slowly through sequential
layers of the abdominal wall, allowing each layer to be
identified. Upon arriving visually at the posterior sheath/
peritoneal layer, the scope is manipulated, which reveals
any adherent bowel, thereby preventing inadvertent
injury (see Chapter 3).9 The abdomen is then insufflated
with carbon dioxide. The remaining 5-mm trocars are
placed under direct vision.
A locking Allis clamp is attached to the diaphragm just
above the apex of the esophageal hiatus to allow for liver
retraction (Figure 26.2). It is very important that both the
10 mm
optical
trocar
5 mm trocar
at the level of the LES. Intraoperative esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD) is performed in all redo fundoplications, in patients with para-esophageal hernias, and in
any cases in which there is uncertainty as to the location
of the LES at the time of surgery. EGD is also carried out
after the performance of a Collis gastroplasty to verify
that there are no leaks at the site of the staple lines.
Furthermore, intraoperative EGD is performed following all cases of esophageal myotomy.
Once the esophagus has been mobilized, the short
gastric vessels are divided. Various methods of division
and ligation have been utilized, including clips, the harmonic scalpel, vascular staplers, and bipolar cautery forceps. The use of bipolar cautery forceps with monopolar
division seems to be the most efficient method, with both
surgeons using the two-handed technique. Routine division of the short gastric vessels ensures a loose, floppy
fundus. A recent prospective, double-blind, randomized
trial with five-year follow-up showed no improvement in
any measured clinical outcome by division of the short
gastric vessels at the time of laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication.10 If the surgeon chooses not to divide the
short gastric vessels, then adequate mobilization of the
posterior surface of the fundus should include division
of congenital adhesions, adhesions encountered in
patients with prior pancreatitis, and the occasional vascular anomaly in which there is a direct branch from the
splenic artery to the posterior fundus of the stomach.
Crural closure
We routinely measure the size of the crural opening with an
endoscopic ruler. This has significance with respect to
recurrence rate, as those with openings greater than 5 cm
have a higher rate of recurrence. Simple crural closure is
accomplished with interrupted 0-Ethibond (Ethicon, Inc.)
sutures tied extracorporally. Several options are available
for the difficult hiatal closure. Materials such as expanded
polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE) and bovine pericardium
have been used successfully. These are secured in place with
either a hernia stapler or sutures. Recently, we have utilized
Surgisis Gold(Cook Surgical), a biodegradable mesh,
secured with sutures or the hernia stapler. Regardless of the
material used, it is important to remember that the area of
the gastroesophageal junction is mobile. Care should be
taken to avoid direct contact between the materials and the
esophagus itself, the obvious concern being erosion of the
prosthetic material into the esophagus.
In some cases, a relaxing incision is made in the
diaphragm, just medial to the right crus of the diaphragm (Figures 26.4 and 26.5). The angled laparoscope
provides visualization into the chest, just above and
to the right of the right crus of the diaphragm. The incision is then made with the harmonic scalpel over the
liver. The crura of the diaphragm are then approximated
Esophageal motility is performed in all patients preoperatively. A careful history of any difficulty in swallowing
is also elicited. A modified Toupet fundoplication is utilized
in patients with poor esophageal motility, as demonstrated
by esophageal manometrics or in patients with significant
difficulty in swallowing. The classic Toupet fundoplication
did not involve crural closure. Furthermore, the fundus
was sutured to the crura laterally and posteriorly and to the
esophagus anteriorly, creating a 180-degree fundoplication.
Theoretically, this caused an unusual degree of tension
and mobility between the esophageal and fundic suture
lines, which resulted in a high incidence of recurrence. The
modified Toupet fundoplication requires only crural
closure, and the two most cephalad sutures anchor the
esophagus to the fundus and the crura. In the event that a
Fundus
Right crus
Esophagus
Left crus
Collis gastroplasty
Esophagomytomy
5 cm
Technique
Once esophageal and fundic mobilization has been completed, and before closure of the esophageal hiatus, the
anterior esophagus is exposed between 11 and 12 oclock.
This area avoids the anterior vagus nerve. Beginning
approximately 2 cm above the gastroesophageal junction, the longitudinal fibers in the first muscular layer of
the esophagus are sharply dissected and separated with
scissors. We use disposable endoscopic scissors with no
cautery, since we find that cautery is needed only rarely
on the small vessels in the esophagus. Once the longitudinal fibers have been bluntly separated, the circular
fibers become exposed. These are divided under direct
visualization. The assistant uses a suction irrigator to
keep the field clear for dissection. Once the circular fibers
are divided down to the mucosa, the mucosa can be
pushed bluntly inferiorly, and the dissection can proceed
in a cephalad direction. The total length of the myotomy
will depend on the indication for the procedure. For a
primary motility disorder such as achalasia, nutcracker
esophagus, or diffuse esophageal spasm, a length of
68 cm is usually sufficient. For a hypertensive LES, typically only a 4-cm myotomy is needed (length of the LES)
to relieve the obstruction.
Once the proximal portion of the myotomy is completed, the more distal segment, which involves the gastroesophageal junction, is approached. Dissection is carried
inferiorly until it impinges upon the decussating fibers of
the stomach wall and the presumed location of the gastroesophageal junction. It is our practice, in patients undergoing esophageal myotomy, to perform an intraoperative
EGD to determine accurately the location of the gastroesophageal junction. The intraoperative EGD serves two
purposes: it ensures that the myotomy extends beyond
the gastroesophageal junction to totally relieve any distal
obstruction, and it ensures that there is no iatrogenic perforation of the mucosa prior to closure. Once the myotomy
is complete, the muscular layer is swept laterally to expose
approximately 1.5 cm of mucosa. The site is inspected for
bleeding and the fundoplication is performed. When performing a myotomy with a modified Toupet fundoplication, the fundus is sutured to the divided muscular edges
of the esophageal myotomy, taking care not to injure the
bulging mucosa.
Pyloroplasty
Approximately 1050 per cent of patients with GERD
have delayed gastric emptying. This frequently manifests
itself in the form of recurrent reflux symptoms after a successful anti-reflux procedure. The patients history, EGD,
upper gastrointestinal radiological studies, and a nuclear
medicine gastric-emptying scan are all helpful in making
the diagnosis of delayed gastric emptying. Once the diagnosis is made, the patient is treated initially with endoscopic pneumatic dilation of the pylorus. If the patient
responds favorably to this treatment, then the definitive
treatment by laparoscopic pyloroplasty can be offered.
Trocars are placed similarly as for laparoscopic fundoplication, although usually in a more caudad position on
the abdominal wall. The duodenum is then mobilized
(Kocher maneuver) utilizing the harmonic scalpel and
blunt dissection. The pylorus is identified, and a longitudinal incision is made on the anterior surface of the
duodenum, through the pylorus and then on to the stomach. This longitudinal incision is now closed transversely
in one layer utilizing 0-Ethibond sutures. Following the
completion of the pyloroplasty, intraoperative EGD is
performed to check for air leaks, and additional sutures
are placed as necessary. The EGD is also valuable in determining the adequacy and patency of the pyloroplasty.
DISCUSSION
The technical steps presented in this chapter represent
the authors preferred methods of performing anti-reflux
procedure. It should be emphasized that each patient
should be treated individually. As surgeons, we love to
adhere to rules, but we often forget the true intent of
such rules. For example, the intent of dividing the short
gastric vessels was to allow adequate mobilization of the
fundus of the stomach. We now know that the fundus
can be mobilized adequately and the patient can obtain a
good result without division of the short gastric vessels,
as discussed earlier. Certainly, one can mobilize the fundus posteriorly by dividing the posterior gastric attachments. What is important is that minimal tension be
placed on the fundoplication.
Much has been said about the results of preoperative
esophageal motility. Again, by individualizing each
patient, the history of possible dysphagia is much more
important to us than the fact that they can generate a
pressure of 30 mmHg in the body of the esophagus, as it
relates to the decision to perform a complete or partial
fundoplication.
Lastly, our tendency as surgeons often to adhere
rigidly to tradition has made the question of performing
the above procedures in an ambulatory surgical center a
controversial issue. However, the outpatient setting is our
preference in performing anti-reflux procedures (including redos, para-esophageal hernias and Collis gastroplasties). Available data support the fact that this can be
done with similar morbidity and mortality, as compared
with the inpatient setting. We feel strongly that a dedicated team approach is the single most important factor
to the success of any advanced laparoscopic procedure.
The team must be composed of individuals who are both
expertly trained and self-motivated in their respective
REFERENCES
1
8
9
10
11
12
27
Para-esophageal hernias
HUGO BONATTI, BEATE NEUHAUSER AND RONALD A. HINDER
201
202
203
Hiatal hernias are common disorders in the western population.1 The overall incidence of hiatal hernias has been
reported to lie between ten and over 20 per cent.2 Hiatal
hernias are categorized into four groups, as determined
by Hill and Tobias in 1968.3 Type I hiatal hernias, also
known as sliding hiatal hernias, account for the most
common group ("80 per cent) and are characterized by
a sliding herniation of the gastroesophageal junction
through the hiatus into the chest. Para-esophageal hernias (PEHs) account for the remaining three groups:
type II represent a herniation of the fundus of the
stomach through the hiatus with a fixed gastroesophageal junction in the normal position; type III are the
most common PEHs, and represent a combination of
type I and type II with a displaced gastroesophageal junction as well as herniation of parts of the stomach into the
chest; type IV are composed of a large PEH combined
with a large hiatal defect containing not only the stomach
but also other intra-abdominal organs, such as colon or
spleen. PEHs are observed more commonly in the elderly
population. In our series of 117 patients undergoing
laparoscopic PEH repair, the median age was 68 years
(range 3995); 12 patients were over the age of 80 years.
Sixty per cent of patients were female.
TREATMENT OF PARA-ESOPHAGEAL
HERNIAS
The only curative treatment available for PEH is surgery.
The principles are complete reduction of the hernia from
the chest, repair of the hiatal defect, and fundoplication.
Postoperative management
Conclusion
References
207
208
208
(a)
PREOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT
Anatomy/pathology
Whereas GER symptoms are present in most patients
with type I hiatal hernias, the presence of reflux in type II
PEH is variable and dependent on the esophageal length
and function. Type III hernias are usually accompanied
by GER. The presence of dysphagia can be explained by
the fact that the PEH tends to rotate along the long axis
of the stomach, resulting in gastric volvulus, which can
cause obstruction at the esophagogastric or gastroduodenal junction. In patients with a large type IV PEH, the
likelihood of pulmonary symptoms is greatest. Coughing,
shortness of breath, asthma-like symptoms, and lowerrespiratory-tract infections result not only from recurrent
aspiration but also from compression of the lung by the
intrathoracic mass.
Preoperative testing
A substantial number of PEHs are diagnosed incidentally
on thoracic radiography (Figure 27.1a). Usually, a gas
bubble within the mediastinum in most cases on
the left side can be observed. Preoperative evaluation
includes a barium esophagogram (Figure 27.1b), upperintestinal endoscopy, esophageal manometry, and sometimes 24-hour ambulatory pH monitoring. The lower
(b)
Figure 27.1 (a) Thoracic radiograph showing gas bubble within the chest as a result of a giant PEH. (b) Barium esophagogram
showing large PEH (type III). The fundus of the stomach and the gastroesophageal junction are positioned above the diaphragm.
SURGICAL PROCEDURE
Operating room set-up
The patient is placed supine in the lithotomy position in
the steep reversed Trendelenburg position. Full muscle
relaxation is of major importance in order to create a
good intra-abdominal working space. The laparoscopic
procedure is performed using 511-mm ports in similar
positions to those used for Nissen fundoplication (Figure
27.3). Instrumentation includes a zero-degree laparoscope, atraumatic graspers, a liver retractor, a small hook
attached to the electrocautery, the harmonic scalpel, and
two needle-holders. A nasogastric tube is inserted only if
there is excessive gas within the stomach.
Operative technique
A transverse 1-cm incision is made above the umbilicus in
the midline, the Veress needle is introduced, and a pneumoperitoneum is created. After placement of the other
ports, the abdomen is inspected. The first step of PEH
Figure 27.4 After the ports are placed, the stomach is retracted
to the left, exposing the large hiatal defect.
Figure 27.5 The peritoneum along the edge of the right crus is
divided.
(Figures 27.12 and 27.13). The decision as to which procedure to perform is based on preoperative esophageal motility. If a severe motility disorder was diagnosed, then a
Toupet fundoplication is indicated. With the Nissen repair,
the fundoplication should be tacked to the diaphragm
on either side to prevent recurrence of a sliding hernia.
Gastrophrenic anchorage can be added by suturing the
peritoneum of the hernia sac to the diaphragm.
Operative pitfalls
Para-esophageal hernia repair in patients with
previous abdominal surgery
An increasing number of PEHs are seen in patients
who have undergone previous surgery. As in other
laparoscopic procedures, insertion of ports can be difficult, and placement at non-standard sites might be necessary. If a previous midline incision is present, then the
Veress needle can usually be placed safely in the left subcostal area. After division of adhesions between the parietal peritoneum and intra-abdominal organs, placement
of the other trocars can be achieved. Occasionally, patients
must undergo PEH repair following an unsuccessful antireflux operation. Dissection of the left liver lobe from the
stomach and diaphragm can be particularly difficult in
these cases. Nevertheless, in redo operations, conversion
to laparotomy is required rarely.22,23
Left accessory or replaced hepatic artery
These arteries originate from the left gastric artery and
are found in up to 25 per cent of patients. Some accessory
arteries are small and can be divided without consequence; however, large vessels suggest that there is complete replacement of the arterial blood supply to the left
lateral liver segments. If this is suspected, the vessel
should be preserved intact in order to avoid ischemic
damage of the biliary tree.24
Figure 27.14 Giant hiatal defect with a tear in the right crus
after failed primary closure.
Pneumothorax
This occurs more frequently on the left side and can
result in a symptomatic pneumothorax. When this
occurs, the intra-abdominal gas pressure should be
decreased to avoid a tension pneumothorax. Should
the latter occur, conversion to an open procedure may be
necessary. A chest tube can be used to alleviate the tension in the pneumothorax if necessary. Generally, however, most cases do not require a chest tube, as the gas in
the pleural space may be expelled by forceful lung inflation at the time of release of the pneumoperitoneum.
POSTOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT
In general, we do not place a nasogastric tube. For the
majority of patients, this represents an unnecessary inconvenience and is tolerated poorly. Patients are encouraged
to ambulate early and to use incentive spirometry. A gastrografin esophagogram is performed only if the dissection was difficult and in the presence of symptoms such
as excessive pain, vomiting or fever. During the first
24 hours after surgery, pain control is achieved satisfactorily using oral analgesics. We prefer to use paracetamol
(acetaminophen) elixir; however, any synthetic opioid,
tramadol or non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug can
be used. Metoclopramide or ondansetron are our preferred antiemetic drugs. Retching and vomiting must be
suppressed in order to avoid stress on the repaired hiatus
and the fundoplication. Patients are started on a liquid diet
on the night following surgery and advanced to a pureed
diet, as tolerated. Fresh bread and meat should be avoided
for about three weeks. A normal diet is usually achieved
within six weeks following surgery. We have now completed 120 laparoscopic repairs of large PEH with zero
mortality and a 15 per cent recurrence rate. These recurrences are usually asymptomatic type I hernias. Others
reported higher rates of mortality (three per cent28) and
CONCLUSION
10
REFERENCES
1
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
28
Traumatic and unusual herniation
SERGIO G. SUSMALLIAN AND ILAN CHARUZI
Diaphragmatic injuries
Acute diaphragmatic herniation
Surgical treatment of acute diaphragmatic injuries
Chronic diaphragmatic hernia
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
DIAPHRAGMATIC INJURIES
Injuries of the diaphragm can be classified into two
groups: acute and chronic. Acute injuries (from blunt or
penetrating trauma) detected in the first 24 hours are
called early diagnosed; after the first 24 hours, they are
called delayed diagnosed. If the diaphragmatic lesion
was missed in the acute phase, then the second latent
phase occurs. In this variable time (months to years), the
injury may be asymptomatic. The chronic phase begins
with the appearance of symptoms related to the herniation of the abdominal viscera into the thoracic cavity.
This, in turn, will affect respiratory patterns or cardiovascular performance or cause digestive symptoms,
such as gastric distention, gastric or colonic obstruction,
volvulus, and perforation.1417 Each of the three phases
of diaphragmatic injury has a relevant importance in the
operative strategy decision.
The early-diagnosed acute phase accounts for about
90 per cent of diaphragmatic injuries. These patients will
typically have associated injuries and are treated by the
Percentage
Hemothorax
Rib fracture
Pelvic fracture
Extremity fracture
Pneumothorax
Spinal fracture
Thoracic aortic tear
78.5
51
46
40
28
16.5
7
Percentage
Liver
Spleen
Hollow viscus
Kidney
Bladder
Pancreas
63.5
51
25.5
11
9
6.5
Operative technique
10 mm trocar
5 mm trocar
Figure 28.4 Right chronic hernia: the entire liver, stomach and
hepatic flexure of the colon were reduced from the right thorax.
pressure of 15 mmHg. Some surgeons prefer a lateral position of the surgeon and the use of one of the optical viewing trocars.
A supraumbilical trocar is inserted for the introduction of a 30-degree scope (5- or 10-mm). One 11-mm
trocar is then inserted in the left upper quadrant at the
lateral border of the rectus abdominis muscle under
vision to avoid injury to the epigastric vessels. Two more
5-mm trocars are used, one on the right abdominal side
subcostally, and one in the left flank for the assistant. One
more 5-mm trocar can be inserted in the epigastrium for
liver retraction if this is necessary.
Meticulous adhesiolysis is the first step in the repair,
avoiding injury to any viscus. Careful reduction of the
hernia contents from the pleural space to the abdominal
cavity is performed during this dissection. A complication, such as a perforation, during these procedures can
can be performed using ePTFE mesh fixed by nonabsorbable sutures alone to avoid injury to the myocardium.
The complicated diaphragmatic hernia is an emergency and is associated with high mortality and morbidity
rates. The herniorrhaphy can be a life-saving procedure.
Complicated cases, such as those associated with bowel
injury or severe bleeding in an unstable patient, can be
treated in relation with the affected viscous, such as primary suture or exteriorization of the injured bowel, and
the definitive repair delayed. Contamination is a contraindication for definitive repair. Treatment during an acute
presentation consists of the management of the compromised viscera (reduction, resection, colostomy, etc.). The
defect in the diaphragm is closed by primary suture if possible or (in our experience) with absorbable mesh if there
is a devitalized area of the diaphragm. In the latter case,
definitive treatment is delayed for three months and then
performed laparoscopically.
Figure 28.6 Chronic diaphragmatic hernia, showing part of the
stomach in the left chest. The presentation of this patient was
incarceration of the stomach.
CONCLUSION
Traumatic diaphragmatic hernia is an indicator of the
severity of injury in blunt trauma patients, who have high
rates of mortality and morbidity. Penetrating trauma of
the diaphragm is generally a smaller injury of the
diaphragm but is usually associated with injury of vital
organs of the chest and abdomen. During blunt trauma of
the diaphragm, the injury is a long tear caused by the high
pressure of the forces originated. Preoperative diagnosis
of diaphragmatic injuries in trauma patients is low
(39 per cent) and missed injuries are seen in ten per cent.
Acute repair can be performed by laparoscopy in stable
patients without severe associated injuries. The technique
includes primary repair with separate stitches using a
nonabsorbable material.
Delayed diagnosis (more than 24 hours) and chronic
diaphragmatic hernias require prosthetic repair with nonabsorbable mesh, fixed to the diaphragm with titanium
spiral tacks, sutures and/or EMS staples. If incarceration is
present without contamination and the reduction can be
performed without complication, then the repair will be
similar to that seen in chronic diaphragmatic hernia.
During strangulation, life-saving procedures must be
performed, such as resection, colostomy, or feeding tubes.
In this situation, absorbable materials are recommended
as a means to effect a temporary repair until definitive
repair is possible.
REFERENCES
1
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Feliciano DV, Moore EE, Mattox KL. Trauma, 3rd edn. Stamford:
Appleton & Lange, 1996: 46185.
Rubikas R. Diaphragmatic injuries. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 2001;
20: 537.
Simpson J, Lobo DN, Shah AB, Rowlands BJ. Traumatic
diaphragmatic rupture: associated injuries and outcome. Ann R
Coll Surg Engl 2000; 82: 97100.
Schneider C, Tamme C, Scheidbach H, et al. Laparoscopic
management of traumatic ruptures of the diaphragm.
Langenbecks Arch Surg 2000; 385: 11823.
Lin YK, Huang BS, Shih CS, et al. Traumatic diaphragmatic hernia
with delayed presentation. Chung Hua Hsiao Hua Tsa Chih 1999;
62: 2239.
Athanassiadi K, Kalavrouziotis G, Athanassiou M, et al. Blunt
diaphragmatic rupture. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg 1999; 15: 46974.
Mansour KA. Trauma to the diaphragm. Chest Surg Clin North Am
1997; 7: 37383.
Reed J. Diaphragmatic hernia produced by a penetrating wound.
Edinburgh Med Surg J 1840; 53: 104.
Hamby WB. The Case Reports and Autopsy Records of Ambroise
Pare. Springfield, IL: Charles Tomas, 1960: 5051.
Bowditch HI. Diaphragmatic hernia. Buffalo Med J 1853; 9: 165.
Hedblom CA. Diaphragmatic hernia. A study of three hundred and
seventy eight cases in which operation was performed. JAMA
1925; 85: 947.
Walker EW. Strangulated hernia through a traumatic rupture
of the diaphragm. Laparotomy: recovery. Trans Am Surg Assoc
1900; 18: 246.
Somers L, Szeki I, Hulbert D. Late presentation of diaphragmatic
hernia and gastric volvulus. J Accid Emerg Med 2000; 17: 230.
Andrade Alegre R. Chronic diaphragmatic hernia. Chest 1999;
116: 18389.
Montresor E, Procacci C, Guarise A, et al. Strangulated traumatic
hernia of the diaphragm. A report of two cases. Chir Ital 1999;
51: 4716.
Mehanna D, Young CJ, Solomon MJ. Large bowel obstruction due
to diaphragmatic hernia. Aus N Z J Surg 1998; 68: 5445.
Boulanger BR, Milzman DP, Rosati C, Rodrigues A. A comparison of
right and left blunt traumatic diaphragmatic rupture. J Trauma
1993; 35: 25560.
Degiannis E, Levy RD, Sofianos C, et al. Diaphragmatic herniation
after penetrating trauma. Br J Surg 1996; 83: 8891.
Frantzides CT, Carlson MA. Laparoscopic repair of a penetrating
injury to the diaphragm: a case report. J Laparoendosc Surg 1994;
4: 1536.
McNamee CJ, Meyns BP, Pagliero KM. Laparotomy vs thoracotomy
for acute diaphragmatic injuries. Br J Hosp Med 1990; 43: 411.
Van Vugt AB, Schoots FJ. Acute diaphragmatic rupture due to
blunt trauma: a retrospective analysis. J Trauma 1989; 29: 6836.
Mathews JA, Somberg LB, Barker DE. Diaphragmatic rupture.
J Tenn Med Assoc 1996; 89: 11719.
Nursal TZ, Ugurlu M, Kologlu M, Hamaloglu E. Traumatic
diaphragmatic hernia a report of 26 cases. Hernia 2001: 5: 259.
Thakore S, Henry J, Todd AW. Diaphragmatic rupture and the
association with occupant position in right-hand drive vehicles.
Injury 2001; 32: 4414.
Sadeghi N, Nacaise N, De Backer D, et al. Right diaphragmatic
rupture and hepatic hernia: an indirect sign on computed
tomography. Eur Radiol 1999; 9: 9724.
Wuirbel RJ, Mutschler W. Blunt rupture of the right hemidiaphragm with complete dislocation of the right hepatic lobe:
report of a case. Surg Today 1998; 28: 85052.
Aoki AA, Mock CN, Talner LB. Traumatic rupture of the right
hemidiaphragm in an automobile accident. Am J Roentgenol 1998;
171: 386.
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Lee WC, Chen RJ, Fang JF, et al. Rupture of the diaphragm after
blunt trauma. Eur J Surg 1994; 160: 47983.
Jackimczyk K. Blunt chest trauma. Emerg Med Clin North Am 1993;
11: 8196.
Meyers BC, McCabe CJ. Traumatic diaphragmatic hernia. Occult
marker of serious injury. Ann Surg 1993; 218: 78390.
Colliver C, Oller DW, Rose G, Brewer D. Traumatic intrapericardial
diaphragmatic hernia diagnosed by echocardiography. J Trauma
1997; 42: 11517.
Muysoms F, Verhelst H, Schroe H, De Jongh R. Traumatic
intrapericardial diaphragmatic hernia. J Accid Emerg Med 1997;
14: 156.
Aldhoheyan A, Jain SK, Hamdy M, Alsebayel MJ. Traumatic
intrapericardial diaphragmatic hernia. Injury 1992; 23: 3312.
Naunheim FS. Adult presentation of unusual diaphragmatic
hernias. Chest Surg Clin North Am 1998; 8: 35969.
Sukul DM, Kats E, Johannes EJ. Sixty-three cases of traumatic
injury of the diaphragm. Injury 1991; 22: 3036.
Shackleton KL, Stewart ET, Taylor AJ. Traumatic diaphragmatic
injuries: spectrum of radiographic findings. Radiographics 1998;
18: 4959.
Israel RS, McDaniel PA, Primack SL, et al. Diagnosis of
diaphragmatic trauma with helical CT in a swine model. Am J
Roentgenol 1996; 167: 63741.
Worthy SA, Kang EY, Hartman TE, et al. Diaphragmatic rupture:
CT findings in 11 patients. Radiology 1995; 194: 8858.
Kamelgard JI, Harris L, Reardon MJ, Reardon PR. Thoracoscopic
repair of a recurrent diaphragmatic hernia four years after initial
trauma, laparotomy and repair. J Laparoendoscop Adv Surg Tech
1999; 9: 1715.
Domene CE, Volpe P, Santo MA, et al. Laparoscopic treatment of
diaphragmatic hernia. J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech 1998; 8:
2259.
Yoshida J, Iwai T, Koike E, et al. Thoracoscopic repair of
diaphragmatic eventration sustained at knife injury: a case report.
Kyobu Geka 1998; 51: 197200.
Mouroux J, Padovani B, Poirier NC, et al. Technique for the repair
of diaphragmatic eventration. Ann Thorac Surg 1996; 62: 9057.
Wenzel DJ, Hamilton JD. Cross sectional CT of strangulating
intrapericardial diaphragmatic hernia. Am J Roentgenol 2001;
177: 6868.
Zieren J, Enzweiler C, Muller JM. Tube thoracostomy complicates
unrecognized diaphragmatic rupture. Thorac Cardiovasc Surg
1999; 47: 199202.
Faul JL. Diaphragmatic rupture presenting forty years after injury.
Injury 1998; 29: 47980.
Smithers BM, OLoughlin B, Strong RW. Diagnosis of ruptured
diaphragm following blunt trauma: results from 85 cases. Aus N Z
J Surg 1991; 61: 73741.
Warren MJ. Delayed presentation of traumatic diaphragmatic
hernia. Clin Radiol 1991; 44: 436.
Wataya H, Tsuruta N, Takayama K, et al. Delayed traumatic hernia
diagnosed with magnetic resonance imaging. Nihon Kyobu
Shikkan Gakkai Zasshi 1997; 35: 1248.
Matz A, Alis M, Charuzi I, Kyser S. The role of laparoscopy in the
diagnosis and treatment of missed diaphragmatic rupture. Surg
Endosc 2000; 14: 5379.
Slim K, Bousquet J, Chipponi J. Laparoscopic repair of missed blunt
diaphragmatic rupture using prosthesis. Surg Endosc 2000; 12:
135860.
Zantut LF, Machado MA, Volpe, et al. Bilateral diaphragmatic
injury diagnosed by laparoscopy. Rev Paul Med 1993; 111: 43032.
Meyer G, Huttl TP, Hatz RA, Schildberg FW. Laparoscopic repair
of traumatic diaphragmatic hernias. Surg Endosc 2000;
14: 101014.
29
Etiology of recurrent gastroesophageal
reflux disease
ZIAD T. AWAD AND CHARLES J. FILIPI
Clinical presentation
Mechanisms of failure
Wrong operation
217
219
221
Wrong diagnosis
Discussion
References
221
222
224
reflect the fact that laparoscopic fundoplication is a relatively new technique rather than it being intrinsically better. However, the early adopters of the laparoscopic
approach were usually more skillful individuals who were
likely to be quite compulsive in the indications and techniques of these operations. Therefore, it is hoped that with
longer follow-up this procedure will reveal its superiority.
Reoperations for failed or recurrent GERD are technically more demanding due to adhesions from previous surgery and obscured anatomy. The relatively fragile walls of
the esophagus, gastric cardia, and fundus are easily damaged or breached, leading to postoperative leak with potentially lethal complications. In addition, the recognized and
repaired injury may impair the precise reconstruction
required to obtain a good functional result. Reoperative
anti-reflux surgery has a morbidity and mortality of 440
per cent and 04.9 per cent, respectively.17 The overall clinical results after reoperation even those obtained by experienced surgeons are significantly less favorable than
outcomes for first-time repairs. The incidence of unsatisfactory results is at least doubled after reoperation.
Furthermore, the greater the number of previous failed
repairs, the greater the incidence of poor results.
CLINICAL PRESENTATION
Dysphagia
Approximately 3040 per cent of patients suffer from
some form of dysphagia in the early postoperative
period. This, however, decreases to approximately five
Recurrent reflux
This occurs in up to eight to ten per cent of patients followed for ten years after the open procedure.3 Common
causes of recurrent reflux are slipped fundoplication,
intrathoracic fundoplication with partial disruption, and
fundoplication that is too loose. Barium esophagogram,
esophageal manometry, endoscopy, and 24-hour pH
monitoring studies are valuable adjuncts in the evaluation of these patients.
Abdominal bloating
This frequent entity is believed to be due to the trapping
of swallowed air, which may not be belched easily in the
presence of a competent fundoplication. Many patients
after anti-reflux surgery complain of increased epigastric
discomfort and flatulence.18 It is likely that patients who
undergo anti-reflux surgery habitually swallow air to
clear the esophagus of refluxed acid. This habit continues
Pain
Some patients complain of pain, mainly in the lower thoracic region, the epigastrium or the left shoulder, following fundoplication. This is believed to be due to suture
placement in the diaphragmatic hiatus, producing referred
pain; it may also be the result of esophageal muscle
spasm. These symptoms can be treated expectantly, and
occasionally they respond to a calcium-channel blocker
such as nifedipine or diltiazem.
Diarrhea
After fundoplication, approximately eight per cent of
patients have diarrhea. The reason for this may be
increased gastric emptying, excessive liquid intake, or a
post-vagotomy effect. In those cases in which the cause is
not clear, gastric-emptying studies or, for completeness
of vagotomy, a sham feeding pancreatic polypeptide test
may help to resolve the question.19 A pyloroplasty is
appropriate when the gastric-emptying study has a halftime of more than 150 minutes. Most patients can be
treated effectively with anti-diarrhea medication; only
rarely is surgical intervention, such as the reversal of a
10-cm jejunal loop, necessary.
MECHANISMS OF FAILURE
Failed repairs requiring reoperation may be the result of
technical errors, selection of the wrong operation, or
incorrect primary diagnosis. Technical failure undoubtedly relates to the inexperience of the individual surgeon.
The restoration of a functional acid barrier while avoiding dysphagia and side effects, such as diarrhea and
gastroparesis, requires precise surgical technique and
careful preoperative assessment.
Crural disruption
This disorder results in an intrathoracic migration of
the wrap or a para-esophageal hernia and is particularly
common after laparoscopic anti-reflux procedures for
large hiatal hernias.20,21 Contributing factors, in theory,
include operator inexperience, short esophagus, inadequate mobilization of the esophagus, and physiological
factors that would increase pressure or tension at the
diaphragmatic hiatus.21 This is particularly true if the
patient vomits or retches during the early postoperative period or encounters excessive intra-abdominal pressure secondary to a fall, heavy lifting, or a car accident. We
advise inclusion of the overlying crural peritoneum when
closing the hiatus. The subdiaphragmatic fascia, which is
identified easily on the left limb of the right crus, is
included in our crural repair. Although some surgeons
advocate an anterior crural closure and others recommend a prosthetic reinforcement,22,23 we prefer to place
deep 0-Ethibond sutures 1 cm apart that include the peritoneum and subdiaphragmatic fascia. A concerted effort
is made to preserve the fascia and avoid a muscle-to-muscle closure. In addition, patients are placed on an antiemetic regimen intraoperatively, which is continued
during the first 48 postoperative hours. Restricted activity
and lifelong avoidance of weight-lifting are advised.
Two-compartment stomach
A partitioned stomach is unique to laparoscopic antireflux surgery and occurs when a point too low on the
anterior greater curvature of the stomach is used as
the anterior wing or a point too distal on the posterior
wing of the fundoplication is selected. This creates a
pouch of fundus that is isolated from the corpus, created
by a partitioning line of tension. There is a characteristic
X-ray picture at esophagography (Figure 29.1) and
Twisted fundoplication
This disorder may be associated with the NissenRosseti
repair and results from failure to mobilize the greater
curvature of the stomach from the spleen, diaphragm
and pancreas. A lead point on the anterior wall of the
stomach is used for the posterior wing and is sutured to
another level of the anterior stomach wall. If the proximal distal axis lead point levels are sufficiently different,
then a twist results and a spiral-type deformity is seen on
retroflexion at endoscopy. This deformity is associated
with dysphagia; a manometric evaluation will show a
hypertensive and, sometimes, poorly relaxing fundoplication. The twisted fundoplication is often resistant to
esophageal dilation and requires reoperation.
Hiatal stenosis
Missed neoplasm
A small submucosal tumor causing dysphagia may go
unnoticed at endoscopy. Endoscopic ultrasound is a useful adjunct in these circumstances, especially in patients
who exhibit weight loss and are suspected to have a
benign disorder. All patients with Barretts esophagus
should undergo a biopsy protocol before operation. At
laparoscopic reoperation, one should suspect a malignancy if the dissection is difficult and the tissue is
excessively hard.
Figure 29.2 A retroflexed view of the stomach with two
compartments separated by a fold/partition of tissue.
Slipped Nissen
This well-known problem occurs after protrusion of the
gastric fundus through the fundoplication. It may be the
result of esophageal foreshortening, failure to anchor the
fundoplication to the esophagus, or incorrect positioning of the fundoplication on to the stomach rather than
the lower esophagus. Esophageal mobilization to achieve
a sufficient intra-abdominal length of esophagus allowing for a tension-free repair is essential to minimize the
occurrence of this complication.
Vagal-nerve disruption
Fundoplication disruption
Posterior
Anterior
3 cm
WRONG OPERATION
Selection of the optimal operation may be influenced by
the presence of esophageal foreshortening, defective
esophageal motility, or gastric-outlet or duodenal obstruction. The acquired short esophagus is an indication for an
esophageal-lengthening procedure to reduce undue tension on the repair. Significant impairment of esophageal
peristaltic amplitude of contraction, propagation, or
abnormal peristaltic waves necessitates a floppy Nissen
fundoplication to avoid the complication of dysphagia
from a functional obstruction. Gastric-outlet obstruction
warrants a gastric resection, while an obstructing duodenal stricture is best treated by gastrojejunostomy and
vagotomy.
WRONG DIAGNOSIS
Anterior
Posterior
DISCUSSION
The reasons for poorer outcomes after repeat surgery are
hypothetical and perhaps uncorrectable (Table 29.1). A
specific classification of mechanisms of failure has not
been agreed upon, and the best method of correction for
each mechanism has yet to be determined. Many failures
are the result of technical errors, whereas others result
from deteriorating foregut motility or wear and tear on
the fundoplication.
The best approach for reoperative anti-reflux surgery
is debatable. Currently, we prefer the transthoracic
approach for patients with two or more failed anti-reflux
procedures, for any patient with an irreducible hiatal
hernia more than 2 cm in size, and for patients with a
suspected short esophagus (short esophageal manometric length, stricture formation, or Barretts esophagus).
The left transthoracic approach provides maximum
exposure of the hiatus and makes dissection of the
esophagus from the surrounding tissues safer; with a circumlinear incision of the diaphragm near its rib attachment, excellent exposure of the abdominal contents is
possible. More importantly, the esophagus can be mobilized up to the aortic arch and a lengthening procedure,
if needed, can be performed easily.
A disrupted fundoplication, a repair that is too tight,
or a patient with crus closure failure and an intrathoracic
fundoplication more than 2 cm above the diaphragmatic
crus and without additional risk factors for a short
esophagus are our primary indications for laparoscopic
reoperative surgery. The patients symptoms must be
uncontrollable despite aggressive medical therapy (including dilations) to warrant reoperative surgery. Satisfactory
results have been shown with laparoscopic reoperative
surgery (Table 29.2).
Detractors of the laparoscopic approach for reoperative surgery are concerned primarily about incomplete
dismantling of the fundoplication. This can be difficult, as
the posterior wing is often densely adherent to the crural
closure and retroperitoneum. Safe dissection in this area
is not possible for inexperienced surgeons. However,
after mobilization, an intraoperative endoscopy with full
insufflation and the J-maneuver can prove or disprove
complete dismantling. If blood is seen within the lumen,
one should check carefully for a perforation. Obviously, if
the stomach cannot be inflated fully then a larger perforation may be present.
Vagal-nerve injury is also a concern, as the nerve
is not palpated so easily during laparoscopic surgery.
Attention to detail and sharp dissection immediately
adjacent to identifiable structures will usually prevent
this complication. If there is suspicion of a vagal nerve
injury, then percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy placement is appropriate at the end of the operation.
Cases
(n)
Skinner (1967)28
Orringer (1972)29
43
45
0
0
Hill (1971)30
Polk (1980)31
63
36
12
28
121
55
61
87
0
6
27
25
118
116
50
71
101
185
22
9
11
43
Mortality
(%)
3
0
3
4
0
0
4
5
3
0
0
3
2
1
1
0.5
Good/excellenta
(%)
Satisfactoryb
(%)
73
85
81
80
50
94
80
72
67
76
80
86
70
86
80
88
Combined total of excellent and good results; bcombined total of excellent, good and fair results; fair results imply significant symptoms.
Repairs
(n)
19
9
8
0
25
27
22
2
5
22
0
20
4.5
27
3.7
6
46
16.6
20
Szwerc et al.(1999)49
15
30
75
38
13
28
Conversion
(%)
Cause
Complications
(%)
Results
(%)
Follow-up
(months)
Intraoperative, 15.8;
postoperative, 21
Postoperative, 100
Intraoperative, 33;
postoperative, 16.6
0
Excellent (84.3)
Excellent (100)
Excellent (100)
Range 414
Range 1242
Good (92.6)
Excellent (100)
Excellent (100)
Excellent (73); fair (27)
Not clear
Range 620
Mean 5.7 (range 014)
Not mentioned
17.1 ( 11.8
0
0
Intraoperative, 13.6;
postoperative, 4.5
Intraoperative, 44.4;
postoperative, 44.4
0
Intraoperative, 30.4;
postoperative, 20
0
Intraoperative, 18
Intraoperative, 2.6;
postoperative, 5
Intraoperative, 16;
postoperative, 38
Intraoperative, 46;
postoperative, 21
"3
Median 29 (range 1245)
Not clear
Mean 26.5 (range 4101)
Mean 20 ( 14
REFERENCES
1
2
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
49
30
Reoperation for recurrent gastroesophageal
reflux disease
THOMAS R. EUBANKS
Characterizing failure
Patient selection
Operative strategy
227
230
230
Conclusion
References
234
234
Esophagitis confirms uncontrolled acid reflux. A tortuous path of the distal esophagus implies abnormalities
of fundoplication position. In some cases, a large paraesophageal hernia can be documented (Figure 30.1).
CHARACTERIZING FAILURE
The objective assessment of a patient being considered
for reoperative treatment should include endoscopy,
esophagography, esophageal physiological studies, and,
when indicated, solid-phase gastric-emptying studies.
Endoscopy is useful to assess the state of the esophageal
mucosa and the orientation of the fundoplication.
PATIENT SELECTION
Laparoscopic revision of anti-reflux procedures is becoming more common, regardless of whether the original procedure was performed via laparotomy or laparoscopy.13,6,7
The surgeon should be comfortable with the laparoscopic
approach in its use for the initial anti-reflux procedures
before proceeding with redo operations.
The selection process in a case with an obvious
anatomical defect is straightforward. With such distorted
anatomy, the patient and surgeon can be confident that
the repair of the defect will improve symptoms. Less
subtle defects, such as a small posterior herniation, are
unlikely to be the cause of significant symptoms, and
reoperation is indicated rarely in these cases.
In patients with recurrent symptoms of reflux and a
fundoplication that is too loose, the decision to reoperate
is difficult. Symptom control after reoperative therapy is
significantly less than after the initial operation.7 Furthermore, reoperative anti-reflux surgery normalizes acid
exposure in 74 per cent of patients compared with 83 per
cent in primary operations.4 The medical management
of such a patient is often successful and obviates the need
for operative intervention.
Patients with obstructive symptoms caused by a tight
fundoplication (not malposition) may benefit from
endoscopic dilation. Early dilation (two to six weeks
postoperatively) can reduce the need for operative intervention when symptoms are severe. Up to four per cent
of all patients undergoing anti-reflux procedures will
require endoscopic dilation, but only one per cent will
need operative revision for dysphagia alone.7
Regardless of the reason for reoperation, the complication rates are significantly higher for redo procedures.
Major operative complications, such as visceral injury,
and postoperative problems, such as dysphagia requiring
dilation, occur twice as often during or following reoperations compared with primary procedures.8
OPERATIVE STRATEGY
The patient is placed in the low lithotomy position. The
surgeon stands between the patients legs. The assistant
stands on the patients left. A static liver retractor (endoscope holder) is attached to the right side of the operating table. A single monitor may be placed at the right
shoulder of the patient. Electrocautery (thin avascular
tissues) and ultrasonic (thick vascular tissues) dissection
capabilities are required.
Five laparoscopic ports are used. The equipment
available dictates the size of the ports. If a high-quality,
5-mm laparoscope, a flexible 5-mm liver retractor, and a
5-mm ultrasonic dissector are available, then all five
ports may be 5 mm in size; otherwise, several of the ports
may need to be larger.
Although each case is unique, the operative strategy is
based on complete restoration of the anatomy prior to the
repair of the hernia. The procedure can be divided into
three steps: initial dissection, unwrapping, and rewrapping.
Initial dissection
The first objective is to free the viscera from the hiatus.
Often, this requires mobilization of the inferior aspect of
the left lobe of the liver from the fundoplication. The two
most common planes encountered during this dissection
are the subcapsular plane of the liver and the subserosal
plane of the stomach. Neither is desired, and both are
characterized by the presence of unexpected bleeding.
Anterior traction of the liver edge and counter traction
on the stomach facilitate the dissection. Infusing saline
irrigant under modest pressure (hydrodissection) can
help to develop the proper plane.
After the liver is freed, the next move is to separate the
crura from the fundus/esophagus complex. The dissection
can be initiated at any point in which the anatomy is discernable. In Figure 30.7, the intraoperative view demonstrates a large para-esophageal hernia with relatively few
adhesions to the liver. The left crus and omental attachments to the greater curve could be discerned easily. The
adhesions between the omentum and proximal greater
curve are divided with electrocautery. Since the short
gastric vessels were divided at the original operation, this
plane was avascular (Figure 30.8). The para-esophageal
hernia allowed a clear view of the anterior aspect of the
Unwrapping
(a)
(b)
cardia. Once the fundus is restored to its anatomical position, the cardiac notch should be clearly identifiable, as
should the smooth transition from the right edge of the
esophagus to the lesser curve of the stomach. Hopefully,
the anterior and posterior vagii are visible and intact.
With traction applied to the esophagus using surgical
tubing, the esophagus is mobilized from its mediastinal
Figure 30.14 Closure of the hiatal defect. The first suture has
been placed and is about to be cut.
attachments (Figure 30.13). This allows the gastroesophageal junction to return to an intra-abdominal position.
Although it is often tempting to avoid complete dissection of the esophagus and stomach during a redo operation, the surgeon should recall that the best opportunity
for success lies in the first redo procedure. Subsequent
procedures have lower success rates and higher complication rates.
Rewrapping
The redo fundoplication is performed similarly to a
primary operation. Techniques to prevent recurrent
herniation should be emphasized. These include adequate
esophageal mobilization, hiatal closure, and anchoring
the fundoplication to the crura.
The crura are re-approximated to decrease the hiatal
opening (Figure 30.14). The fundoplication is re-created
by passing the posterior aspect of the fundus from left
to right through the retro-esophageal space and approximating it to the anterior aspect of the fundus (Figure
30.15). Figure 30.16 shows the completed fundoplication, which is 3 cm long.
The fundoplication is then anchored to the hiatus to
help prevent recurrent herniation (Figure 30.17). Figure
30.18 shows the completed fundoplication with the crural
closure sutures, fundoplication sutures, and anchoring
sutures visible. Intraoperative endoscopy showed an intact
flap valve, a symmetric fundoplication, and the absence of
the para-esophageal hernia (Figure 30.19). The anchoring
sutures help to secure the fundoplication to the hiatus.
Since herniation is the most common cause of reoperative hiatal hernia surgery, these sutures may also be important for initial operations. Four to six sutures are placed
between the fundoplication and the crura. The extreme
CONCLUSION
Effective reoperative anti-reflux surgery can be expected
if the reason for failure of the previous operation is
known, if it correlates with the patients symptoms, and if
it is correctable.
Figure 30.18 Completed procedure. This view demonstrates
the hiatal closure sutures, several of the anchor sutures
(fundoplication to hiatus), and the fundoplication sutures.
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
31
Results of laparoscopic treatment
of hiatal hernias
PATRICK R. REARDON AND STIRLING E. CRAIG
235
236
References
237
Percentage
Esophageal perforation
Gastric perforations
Pneumothorax
Bleeding
0.23.03,1
1.61
?2
?,2 1.030
Percentage
Gastric perforation
Dysphagia
Substernal chest pain
Heartburn
Regurgitation
Early satiety
Atelectasis
Pneumothorax
Wound infection
Postoperative herniation
Death
0.3,4 1.06
7.2,4 4.9,6 4.8,3 9.031
16.9,4 8.0,3 22.031
5.2,4 2.8,3 12.031
3.5,4 5.43
15.63
?31
16
130
6.2,4 1.0,6 3.4,31, 5.030
0.31
Table 31.3 Types II, III and IV laparoscopic hiatal hernia repair
Intraoperative
complications
Esophageal perforation
Gastric perforations
Enterotomy
Pneumothorax
Hypercarbia
Vagus nerve injury
Bleeding
Tear of the right crus
Cardiac arrest
Death (due to a
pulmonary embolism)
Percentage
4.0,32 1.9,8 5.0,9 2.3,10 8.3,11 0.512
1.6,32 10.0,14 1.8,13 3.09
3.88
3.6,13 4.0,9
0.832
1.813
1.8,13 1.210
2.715
0.832
1.813
Percentage
Esophageal perforation
Gastric perforations
Esophageal stricture
Gastric obstruction
Acute gastric dilation
Delayed gastric emptying
Prolonged gastric atony
Mesh erosion into stomach
Prolonged ileus
Small-bowel obstruction
Dysphagia
1.333
0.8,32 1.98
2.633
1.210
1.3,33 8.337
1.813
2.6,33 16.737
2.321
1.0,9 2.715
1.536
3.6,13 20.0,14 6.0,8 21.0,10
8.3,11 1.612
1.8,13 20.0,14 10.0,8 41.7,11
3.712
19.08
1.112
29.08
10.014
37.5,39 48.834
8.337
3.210
10.0,24 8.3,37 10.0,38
3.718
3.5,10 8.311
1.09
0.8,32 4.09
1.813
2.0,9 1.210
1.8,13 1.9,8 3.0,9 1.210
1.6,32 1.9,8 1.09
6.0,9 16.711
1.813
1.3,33 1.836
3.718
1.09
1.09
3.718
8.311
3.718
0.512
1.8,36 2.923
1.09
7.4,18 2.321
0.8,32 0.512
2.0,9 0.512
4.621
1.09
1.333
2.715
3.6,13 10.0,14 8.0,8 1.0,9
3.5,10 1.112
2.4,32 0.512
GERD symptoms
Early satiety
Gas bloat
Hyperflatulence
Mediastinal seroma
Transient cervical emphysema
Breast mastalgia
Pneumothorax
Atelectasis
Pneumonia
ARDS
Pleural effusion
Respiratory failure
Deep vein thrombosis
Pulmonary embolus
Myocardial infarction
Atrial fibrillation
Cardiac arrhythmia
Congestive heart failure
Cardiac tamponade
Stroke
Hematoma
Hemothorax
Bleeding
Retroperitoneal bleeding
Need for transfusion
Urinary retention
Transient renal failure
Urinary-tract infection
Mediastinal abscess
Intra-abdominal abscess
Wound infection
Clostridium difficile colitis
Fever of unknown origin
Incisional hernia
Postoperative herniation
Death
Superscript figures indicate references.
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
32
Complications and their management
SANTIAGO HORGAN AND ROBERT BERGER
Intraoperative complications
Postoperative complications
239
243
Numerous reports detail the benefits of laparoscopic fundoplication, including decreased pain, quicker return to
normal daily activities, and shorter hospital stay. However,
there are also complications related to the treatment of
gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD). Mortality reports
range from zero to two per cent for initial repairs, increasing to five per cent for second operations.1,2 The morbidity, and likewise failure, of laparoscopic fundoplication is
dependent on its definition and length of follow-up. Most
large, single-institution studies report morbidities of two
to 26 per cent, with specific identification of failed surgery
occurring in four to eight per cent.24 Table 32.1 displays
the reported causes and frequencies of these failures (see
also Chapter 29). This chapter discusses the more common intraoperative and postoperative complications associated with laparoscopic fundoplication, their prevention,
the appropriate work-up for their diagnosis, and the
appropriate course of action. In addition, any reoperation,
whether laparoscopic or open, is known to have a higher
incidence of complications as well as a higher risk of
recurrence.57 It should be stressed that conversion from a
laparoscopic to open surgery for patient safety should not
be considered a complication if performed at the appropriate time.
INTRAOPERATIVE COMPLICATIONS
The ability to adequately visualize and identify the anatomy
required for performance of a Nissen fundoplication
cannot be overemphasized. These concepts are discussed
elsewhere and will not be re-addressed here. It is prudent,
however, to state that our typical fundoplication is performed using a left crus approach, as described by Horgan
Conclusion
References
247
247
Incidence
(%)
Case report
Failed Nissen
Para-esophageal
hernia
Reoperation
Dysphagia
Heartburn/reflux
Pneumothorax
48
07
Pneumomediastinum
Pulmonary embolism
26
17
15
#2
Gastric perforation
1.5
Delayed gastric
emptying
Splenectomy
Mesenteric thrombosis
Hiatal stenosis
Bowel perforation
Delayed gastric
perforation
Cardiac
laceration/tamponade
Injury to major vessels
#1
Hemorrhage
0.5
Late diaphragmatic
rupture
Necrotizing fasciitis
filled with saline. The esophagus should then be insufflated with air while observing for bubbles as evidence of
a perforation.
Bougie perforation
Perforation with a bougie or dilator is a feared complication. The best safeguard is to ensure active communication
between the person passing the bougie and the surgeon
observing the process. This alone will not guarantee elimination of the risk of perforation, but it will diminish the
risk when both parties involved actively assist each other.
If any resistance is encountered with the passage of the
bougie, then force should not be applied. Either a more
experienced person should attempt to pass the bougie
and/or re-examination within the abdominal cavity via
the laparoscope should occur. First, verify that the appropriate bougie size is being used (4860 French are most
common, depending on the patients body habitus and
any history of prior dilations or strictures), and ensure
adequate lubrication of the bougie with a water-soluble
jelly. The Penrose drain, typically used to manipulate the
gastroesophageal junction, should not be manipulated in
any way while advancing the bougie. It is critical that no
tension is placed on the gastroesophageal junction to
ensure a straight and unobstructed path from the esophagus into the stomach. Using a blunt grasper, palpation
along the greater curve of the stomach and anterior gastric
wall will inform the surgeon when the bougie has entered
the stomach. The surgeon also needs to be attentive to an
overly aggressive and easy passage of the bougie to ensure
it does not pass too far distally, creating a perforation
along the greater curve or near the pylorus. Infrequently,
the use of the bougie is impossible because it cannot be
passed easily. It is safer to avoid the use of force for
advancement than to do so and produce a perforation.
With experience, the looseness of the wrap and the crural
closure will rarely result in postoperative dysphagia.
If perforation of either the intrathoracic or intraabdominal esophageal occurs, it is critical to recognize
and treat the injury early. If recognized immediately, the
injury may usually be treated with primary closure using
interrupted sutures with placement of the fundoplication over the injury to reinforce the repair. It is also considered safe to place a closed suction drain at the level of
the injury for postoperative monitoring. A drain is not
mandatory but is dependent on the level of comfort of
the surgeon with repairing this type of injury. The drain
is removed easily once the patient has shown no significant morbidity after adequate time to heal and there is
no evidence of leakage. We recommend removing the
drain at least five days after surgery after a normal esophagogram is performed. The patient can be fed after this
point.
Pneumothorax
Hemorrhage
Shortened esophagus
The concept of a shortened esophagus generates much
controversy. If appropriate preoperative work-up was
performed, then the barium swallow and esophageal
manometry should indicate the length of intra-abdominal
esophagus, ideally 23 cm. Patients with severe or longstanding esophagitis and long-segment Barretts esophagus are at increased risk of esophageal shortening. If
identified preoperatively, the patient should be informed
of the potential need for a Collis gastroplasty, either laparoscopically or via a thoracic approach. In our experience,
however, preoperative identification of a shortened esophagus is not always correlated with intraoperative findings
(Figure 32.3). Should the esophagus be found to not have
the necessary 23-cm length within the abdomen, then
proximal circumferential dissection of the esophagus will
free up more thoracic esophagus to reach further into the
abdomen. The surgeon should not settle for less than the
minimum intra-abdominal length, as this will likely lead to
slippage of the fundoplication, migration of the wrap into
the thoracic cavity, or improper placement of the wrap on
to the upper stomach rather than the esophagus.
Gastric necrosis/perforation
Injury to the gastric fundus is most likely to occur during
the manipulation of the tissues to provide exposure, during passage of the wrap, or during the division of the
short gastric vessels and causing thermal injury. If identified, a primary closure of the perforation is required. This
may be accomplished by over-sewing the perforation in a
two-layered fashion using an inner absorbable suture and
a nonabsorbable outer suture. This requires the ability to
perform intracorporeal suturing. The surgeon performing the laparoscopic fundoplication should possess
this skill. The second option is to use an endoscopic linear
stapler. An endoscopic Babcock grasper can be used to
approximate both edges of the defect and incorporate
them into the stapler line. If one is unsure of the security
of the repair, then a closed suction drain may be placed
near the site of perforation at the end of the case.
POSTOPERATIVE COMPLICATIONS
Following laparoscopic fundoplication, patients generally present with complaints in either the early (#30
days) or late ("30 days) timeframe. Early complaints
of dysphagia, nausea, bloating, and early satiety are
reported by 2040 per cent of patients.12,13 A large portion of these patients will do well after careful questioning
Bloating/nausea/epigastric pain/increased
flatulence
A majority of patients will return to the clinic with specific
complaints of feeling bloated, occasional nausea, epigastric pain, and generally an increased incidence of flatulence. This is due to the patients habit of swallowing saliva
and air to neutralize the presence of acid in the esophagus.
Once a fundoplication is performed, this air progresses
through the bowel rather than retrograde through the
esophagus, as before surgery. This is an expected event
postoperatively. Because of this, it is important to inform
the patient in preoperative counseling to decrease anxiety
levels when it does occur. Most patients will have significant improvement in these symptoms with just several
weeks of expectant management, which includes a critical
review of their current diet. One important question to
ask patients postoperatively is whether their symptoms of
reflux have been treated. Often, reflux patients are of the
anxious type and tend to concentrate on a new type of
problem once the reflux has been treated.
If the patient is unable to tolerate liquids at any time
or the patient has persistent nausea and vomiting, then
the surgeon should obtain a barium swallow as an initial
diagnostic test to evaluate the post-surgical anatomy. If
no gross abnormality is seen, an EGD may be warranted.
Some patients will self-medicate with previous antacids
or proton-pump inhibitors as they are almost dependent
Para-esophageal herniation
An occurrence of para-esophageal hernias of up to seven
per cent was noted when laparoscopic fundoplication was
initially performed.9,14 Patients present with persistent
nausea, vomiting, and intolerance of solids. This may occur
at any time following surgery, but usually it is early (within
one to two weeks) and generally it follows a report of sustained coughing and/or straining associated with heavy
lifting or Valsalva-type maneuvers. The best initial workup is to obtain a barium swallow. Abnormal anatomy is
revealed in 90 per cent of patients (Figure 32.4). This radiographic finding alone, with a symptomatic patient, is
justification enough to return to the operating room for
urgent repair before strangulation of the herniated viscera
occurs. The incidence of para-esophageal hernia has
decreased as more surgeons are routinely performing
Slipped Nissen
The term slipped Nissen refers to one of several anatomical complications following laparoscopic fundoplication.
It is most often discovered by a barium swallow study
after complaints of dysphagia, early satiety, or symptomatic complaints of recurrent reflux type symptoms.
The barium swallow may display one of the following
anatomic failures (see Figures 32.532.8.):
baseline measurement. Some authors advocate performance of a pyloroplasty at the time of fundoplication if
the patient has evidence of delayed gastric emptying.
However, most authors do not advocate this, as studies
have shown that gastric emptying times generally improve
following fundoplication. In addition, a symptomatic
patient may be tried on several prokinetic medications
(e.g. metoclopramide, erythromycin) before undertaking
surgery.
Patients who return with complaints of postprandial
weakness, palpitations, diaphoresis, and feelings of anxiety
may be experiencing postprandial hypoglycemia. This was
reported in several cases and confirmed with the performance of an oral glucose tolerance test.16 Postprandial
hypoglycemia may be associated with a vagal nerve injury,
thus causing early dumping and a hyperinsulin response
to the glucose load. This probably represents a neuropraxic injury because it resolves with time and does not
require treatment.
Ileus
Ileus following laparoscopic fundoplication is usually
mild due to the short time of the operation and minimal
manipulation of the bowel. Most surgeons will not place
a nasogastric tube postoperatively as it is rarely required
and most patients start a liquid diet the same night as
surgery. If a patient does experience intolerance of
liquids, then placement of a nasogastric tube and decompression of the stomach is required. In addition, a low
threshold for obtaining a barium swallow with small
bowel follow-through can rule out any anatomical
reason for ileus. Any treatment will be dictated by the
clinical condition and results of testing of the patient.
Dysphagia
Immediate postoperative dysphagia is attributed to postoperative edema from the surgical dissection. Late dysphagia may be from scarring at the hiatus, missed or new
onset of achalasia, increasing dysmotility, worsening
Barretts esophagus, esophagitis, or new development of
esophageal carcinoma. At the time of diagnostic workup, barium swallow should be the first test performed.
Anatomical deviations from standard surgical results will
usually be identified. Occasionally, retained food is noted
on the study. Whether the dysphagia occurs early or late
will play a role in the determination of how quickly a
patient should be taken back to the operating room for
reconstruction. If it occurs early on, then it is most likely
that a technical error has occurred. If it occurs late, then
a trial with antisecretory medications may be warranted,
as the success of repeat fundoplications decreases with
each attempt at surgical repair.12,13
Recurrent reflux
Patients who return with complaints of persistent or
unrelenting reflux warrant a thorough work-up to
ensure adequate anatomical integrity and functional
success of the fundoplication. Again, start with a barium
swallow study to assess anatomical changes and any evidence of herniation of the stomach or the wrap itself. If
this appears normal, then a 24-hour pH study may show
objective data relative to a functional failure of the fundoplication. Finally, EGD may show persistent irritation
of the esophagus from refluxate as well as confirm proper
2
3
4
5
CONCLUSION
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
REFERENCES
1
17
PART
33 History
34 Anatomy and physiology
251
255
35 Diaphragmatic herniation
36 Complications and their management
257
261
33
History
RAJEEV PRASAD AND THOM E. LOBE
Pediatric laparoscopy
Laparoscopic exploration of the contralateral groin
251
251
PEDIATRIC LAPAROSCOPY
Gans and Berci were among the first to describe
laparoscopy in pediatric patients when they published
their experience with visualization of the contents of the
peritoneal cavity by means of a small telescope introduced
through the anterior abdominal wall after establishment
of pneumoperitoneum.1 Since then, this approach has
been rediscovered. New instruments and techniques have
been developed, and there is a greater understanding of
the physiological impact of pneumoperitoneum in infants
and children.
Laparoscopy in general has experienced a huge
growth in its application in pediatric surgery. This is a
252
254
the recognition of a patent processus vaginalis in the contralateral asymptomatic groin during open unilateral
inguinal herniorrhaphy in 1992.8 In this initial series of 22
patients, an infra-umbilical 3-mm port was placed and a
2-mm, zero-degree telescope was used to visually inspect
the contralateral groin. Fifty per cent of the patients with a
clinically negative groin had an occult hernia, and the
technique was 96 per cent accurate in detecting such hernias. Wolf and Hopkins used the same method in 38 boys
and noted a 52.6 per cent incidence of bilateral hernia.9
Chu and colleagues were the first to perform both insufflation and laparoscopy through the open hernia sac to
visualize the contralateral groin, thus introducing nonpuncture laparoscopy;10 in their series of 74 children, 29
per cent had a second hernia, and there were no false positives or false negatives. Fuenfer and coworkers described
an improved technique in 1996 in which a 14-gauge
angiocath was introduced through the open hernia sac for
intraperitoneal insufflation. A second 14-gauge catheter
was inserted through the abdominal wall on the contralateral side of the abdomen, and a 1.2-mm laparoscope was
passed through this port for direct, in-line visualization of
the contralateral groin.11 They noted a 21 per cent incidence of bilaterality in 110 children. Another technique
described in 1996 employed a 5-mm, 30-degree or 70degree telescope through the open hernia sac.12 This
report, which stratified patients by age, noted that patients
older than 24 months had only a five per cent incidence of
bilaterality, whereas patients younger than 24 months had
a 42.9 per cent incidence of a contralateral hernia. Thus,
they were able to identify patients who might benefit from
contralateral surgery as well as those in whom surgery and
its possible complications could be avoided. Other techniques have since been described, including the use of a
30-degree rigid bronchoscope with a working channel
through which a catheter can be introduced and used to
probe a suspected patent processus vaginalis, providing
even better diagnostic accuracy.13
History 253
through the stab incision and the muscle layers to the level
of the peritoneum, or hernia sac. Once the lateral half of
the hernia sac is encircled, the suture-passer pierces the
peritoneum. The ligature is drawn intraperitoneally with
the grasper as the passer is withdrawn (Figure 33.3). The
empty suture-passer is then passed medially around the
hernia sac (again just superficial to the peritoneum), and
the peritoneal cavity is entered at the same point as before.
The ligature is then passed through the eyelet of the
instrument using the grasper so that it can be withdrawn
externally. The ligature is tied extracorporeally, completing
an extraperitoneal high ligation of the sac (Figure 33.4).
The vas deferens and spermatic vessels are seen easily during the ligature placement in males, and it is a relatively
straightforward task to find the tissue plane between
these structures and the hernia sac, ensuring that they
are not included in the ligature. After cutting the excess
suture, the knot retracts subcutaneously. Steri-Strips
(3M Healthcare) are all that are required for skin closure.
The technique adheres to the essential principles of
hernia surgery. We reliably identify and ligate the hernia sac at the level of the internal ring. Additionally, there
is no disruption of the tissues of the inguinal canal.
In males, the spermatic vessels and vas deferens are well
visualized during the circumferential passage of the
suture, ensuring that they are excluded from the repair.
The contralateral inguinal canal is also easily inspected
for the presence of a hernia, which is repaired if present.
Our patients have had minimal postoperative discomfort, and all resume normal activities immediately after
surgery. There is no longitudinal skin incision in the
abdominal wall (only three to four stab incisions), so the
cosmetic result is superior and the risk of infection is less
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
REFERENCES
1
2
20
21
22
23
34
Anatomy and physiology
RAJEEV PRASAD AND THOM E. LOBE
Anatomy
Physiology
255
255
ANATOMY
A comprehensive review of the anatomy of the inguinal
canal is beyond the scope of this chapter. Chapter 6
describes this anatomy, which does not differ significantly
from the adult patient. However, certain aspects of the
anatomy of the abdominal wall should be considered in
the context of laparoscopy. The layers of the abdominal
wall must be traversed during port placement. The initial
port that we place is the infra-umbilical port through
which the 1.7-mm telescope is placed. We choose to place
this in an infra-umbilical position to reduce the risk of
infection. Ideally, the port traverses the midline. The fascia
of the external abdominal oblique, internal abdominal
oblique, and transversus abdominus muscles, which join
anterior to the rectus muscles inferior to the arcuate line,
are penetrated. The urachus, or median umbilical ligament, is in this area and should be avoided. The lateral
port, through which a grasper is placed for traction,
traverses the same muscles. Structures near the internal
inguinal ring, where the hernia sac is ligated, must be considered. In our technique, the suture is passed through all
layers of the abdominal wall that are superficial to the peritoneum or hernia sac. In males, the spermatic vessels, the
genital branch of the genitofemoral nerve, and the vas deferens pass superficial to the sac, and great care is taken not
to include these structures in the ligature. The external
iliac vessels are near but deep to the ligature. They should
be visualized and, obviously, avoided. Similarly, the inferior epigastric vessels, which are branches of the external
iliac vessels, are easily identified and avoided. Once tied
and cut, the permanent suture that we use to perform the
high ligation of the sac retracts into the subcutaneous
References
256
PHYSIOLOGY
Physiological factors to consider during pediatric laparoscopic hernia surgery are essentially identical to those for
any other intra-abdominal laparoscopic procedures performed in children. The cardiovascular and respiratory
effects of pneumoperitoneum are the issues that most
often raise interest for the surgeon and anesthesiologist
alike. The extremes of patient positioning, postoperative
pain management, and postoperative nausea and vomiting also deserve consideration.
Insufflation of carbon dioxide gas is essential for
proper visualization during pediatric laparoscopic hernia surgery. In general, lower volumes and pressures
(612 mmHg) are required than in adult patients. We use
a Veress needle inferior to the umbilicus for insufflation
and placement of the telescope. In our hands, the risks of
visceral injury and pre-peritoneal insufflation are low
with this technique. Carbon dioxide approaches the ideal
insufflating gas, and is the gas used most often.1 It does
not support combustion, and residual intraperitoneal gas
is absorbed rapidly and subsequently excreted. The major
drawback of carbon dioxide is its rapid intravascular
absorption across the peritoneal lining, which can lead to
hypercapnea during long procedures. This is generally
not of concern in pediatric laparoscopic inguinal hernia
surgery, as the procedures are relatively short.
The pneumoperitoneum itself creates cardiovascular,
respiratory and neurological effects in infants and
REFERENCES
1
2
4
5
6
35
Diaphragmatic herniation
RAJEEV PRASAD AND THOM E. LOBE
History
Patient selection
Surgical technique: Bochdalek hernia
257
257
257
HISTORY
In 1848, the anatomist Vincent Bochdalek described
two postmortem cases of diaphragmatic hernia. In 1902,
Heidenhaim was the first to successfully repair such a
defect in a child. Four decades later, Ladd and Gross
described the repair of a diaphragmatic hernia in an infant.
Thereafter, there was a steady increase in the success of
repair of diaphragmatic hernias up to the 1970s, when
survival reached a plateau and the physiological effects
of persistent pulmonary hypertension and bilateral pulmonary hypoplasia were better appreciated. Since then,
there has been slower progress in the surgical approach to
this disease. The greatest advance has been with the application of extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO).
The most significant change in the postnatal management
of diaphragmatic hernias since ECMO has been the advent
of minimally invasive techniques of repair. In 1995, van
der Zee and Bax described the laparoscopic repair of a
posterolateral diaphragmatic hernia in a six-month old
infant.1 Since then, anterior Morgagni and posterolateral
Bochdalek defects have been treated with minimally invasive techniques by experienced laparoscopists in stable, less
critically ill infants.
PATIENT SELECTION
The minimally invasive approach to diaphragmatic hernias should be considered only in infants who are hemodynamically stable, who are without signs of pulmonary
258
259
259
hypertension, and who are on either oxygen by nasal cannula or minimal conventional ventilator settings. Older
children who present either incidentally or with minimal
symptoms are also suitable candidates.2
pentalogy of Cantrell. These defects are often asymptomatic. They may not be diagnosed until well after the
neonatal period, either as an incidental finding on chest
radiography or during the work-up of respiratory symptoms in an older child.
Morgagni hernias are repaired through the abdomen.
Three ports are necessary. A 5-mm port at the umbilicus is
used to place a 30-degree telescope, and a 3-mm right
abdominal port and a 5-mm left abdominal port are placed
for instruments (Figure 35.3). The hernia contents are then
reduced. The sac is resected, and the hernia defect is closed
using 2-0 Ethibond sutures placed in an interrupted fashion. More recently, we have repaired a Morgagni hernia
laparoscopically using an alternative closure device. In this
case, we used clips of nitinol, a shape-memory metal
(U-CLIP, Coalescent), to secure a prosthetic patch over the
defect (Figure 35.4). Alternatively, a running suture of
barbed Prolene (Ethicon, Inc.) is used by some surgeons to
complete the repair in order to prevent slippage of the
suture.4
RESULTS
The results of Bochdalek and Morgagni herniorrhaphy are
similar. The postoperative course of the patient is highly
dependent on the preoperative condition of the patient.2
In patients who do not require mechanical ventilation or
are weaned from it preoperatively, the postoperative
course is usually straightforward. Postoperative pain is
minimal, and the recovery is often rapid, particularly in
REFERENCES
1
36
Complications and their management
RAJEEV PRASAD AND THOM E. LOBE
Anesthetic complications
Surgical complications
Recurrence
261
261
262
ANESTHETIC COMPLICATIONS
Anesthetic complications include deleterious cardiovascular and respiratory effects, such as decreased cardiac
output, hypercapnea, shunting and atelectasis due to peritoneal insufflation, and the extremes of patient positioning.1 Premedication, which includes the use of atropine,
may alleviate these effects. The choice of anesthetic agent
may differ in laparoscopic hernia surgery. For instance,
nitrous oxide is avoided due to the increased incidence of
bowel distention, which will obscure the view during
laparoscopy. A balanced anesthetic technique using controlled ventilation with inhalation agents (sevoflurane,
desflurane or isoflurane), intravenous opioids, and nondepolarizing muscle relaxants is preferred.2 Patient selection is important, and those patients at greater risk than
usual for the above complications, such as premature
infants or children with cardiopulmonary disease, should
not be considered for laparoscopic herniorrhaphy.
SURGICAL COMPLICATIONS
Adherence to meticulous technique is the best way to
prevent surgical complications. The laparoscopist should
consider their experience and level of comfort before
embarking on or continuing difficult operations. One
should attempt more complex operations only after simpler operations are mastered. Also, one should always
consider the option to open when difficulty is encountered. Of course, this possibility should always be presented to the patient and family preoperatively.
262
262
Chen and colleagues reviewed the surgical complications that occurred in all patients undergoing laparoscopy
or thoracoscopy over a five-year period.3 Thoracoscopy
was performed in 62 children, with a 13 per cent rate
of conversion to thoracotomy, and laparoscopy was
performed in 574 children, with a 2.6 per cent rate of
conversion to laparotomy. The reasons for conversion to
laparotomy included hemorrhage, esophagotomy during
fundoplication, and malpositioned fundoplication. A case
of a gastric volvulus after fundoplication and gastrostomy
required a laparotomy in the postoperative period and
was the result of a malpositioned gastrostomy tube. Other
complications in the postoperative period included two
children who developed hernias at the umbilical trocar
sites used for contralateral groin exploration. Trocarsite cellulitis developed in three patients after laparoscopic gastrostomy in which the tube was brought out
through the left upper quadrant port site. Other complications following laparoscopy included five instances of
pelvic abscess after appendectomy, small-bowel obstruction after jejunostomy as well as after combined
appendectomy/cholecystectomy, one case of enterocolitis
after pull-through for Hirschsprungs disease, and one case
of pneumonia after splenectomy. There were no deaths,
and complications were noted to decline with increased
experience.
Thus far, we, and others who perform laparoscopic
herniorrhaphy, have experienced very few surgical complications. In their series of 450 patients undergoing
laparoscopic herniorrhaphy, Lee and Liang had no operative complications.4 Schier and coworkers reported a
series of 933 laparoscopic herniorrhaphies in boys and
girls in whom no intraoperative complications occurred
RECURRENCE
The reported recurrence rate after traditional open
inguinal herniorrhaphy is 0.9 per cent. In their multicenter experience, Schier and colleagues had a recurrence rate
of 3.4 per cent, higher than that for open repair.5 Their
technique of closure with either a purse-string suture or a
Z-suture potentially left a gap in the herniorrhaphy medially, because they noted that all recurrences occurred at
the medial margin between the suture and the epigastric
vessels. Other reported series with smaller numbers of
patients have had recurrence rates between zero and 4.4
per cent.69 Lee and Liang used a circumferential closure
as their herniorrhaphy technique, and their recurrence
rate in 450 cases was only 0.88 per cent.4 In our experience in approximately 50 patients with a follow-up of ten
to 15 months, there have been no recurrences. We also use
a circumferential ligature placed at the neck of the hernia
sac, which leaves no gap. This may be a more effective
means of closure of the hernia defect.
Perlstein and Du Bois used diagnostic laparoscopy in
19 patients with recurrent inguinal hernias.10 Seventeen
indirect hernias and one femoral hernia were repaired at
the original procedure. One child had no hernia identified during the primary procedure. Overall, 11 recurrences were indirect hernias, four were direct hernias,
and four were found to be femoral hernias. Forty-four
per cent of these patients had unsuspected findings at
diagnostic laparoscopy (contralateral indirect, direct or
femoral hernias). Recurrent hernias themselves can be
managed effectively with laparoscopy and laparoscopic
repair.11 Direct hernias can be detected at the time of
repair of recurrences, suggesting that they might have
been missed at the initial operation.
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
PART
Future considerations
265
38 Socioeconomic issues
273
37
Robotics and hernia surgery
AMIT TRIVEDI AND GARTH H. BALLANTYNE
265
268
Conclusion
References
272
272
270
Over the past several years, there has been an ever-increasing presence of robotics in the operating room. These
devices have been designed to help the surgeon overcome
the limitations of conventional open surgery and laparoscopic surgery. These limitations range from the decreasing availability of qualified surgical assistants, through the
limited dexterity offered by conventional laparoscopic
instruments, to the lack of a three-dimensional operating
field.1 The potential advantages of such systems set the
stage for the next major change in the field of surgery. As
availability increases and costs decline, proficiency with
such devices will be required by all future generations of
surgeons. Additionally, the demands of patients for a
robotic operation are expected to increase as more media
attention is placed on this technology.
Currently there are three Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved devices on the market that facilitate
surgery: the AESOP robotic arm (Computer Motion,
Inc.), the da Vinci tele-robotic system (Intuitive Surgical),
and the Zeus tele-robotic system (Computer Motion
Inc.). The use of these devices has a definite learning
curve that often deters busy surgeons from investing the
time required to become proficient in this technology.2
This chapter aims to serve as an introduction to the use
of robotic devices in laparoscopic hernia surgery by outlining the potential advantages of the technology. The
aforementioned devices have been used in inguinal, ventral and diaphragmatic hernias. The frequency with which
these cases are encountered by the general surgeon makes
hernia surgery an ideal platform on which to develop and
Figure 37.2 Position of the patient and the surgeon for solosurgeon robot-assisted laparoscopic hernia repair. The patient is
in a mild Trendelenburg position. A three-trocar technique is
used: one port for the video-telescope and two ports for the
surgeons right and left hands. A voice-controlled robot, AESOP,
holds the video-telescope.
Moreover, the need to connect and disconnect sophisticated equipment for each operation leads to equipment
malfunction. Electronic integration of operating rooms
facilitates advanced laparoscopic operations, improves
turnover times, and provides a more pleasant working
environment. Computer Motion first introduced voice
control for AESOP and then extended it to other laparoscopic electronic equipment with HERMES. Storz
Endoscopy has recently introduced a similar system
SESEM that uses both touch-control panels and voice
control (Figure 37.1). These integrated control systems
facilitate advanced laparoscopic operations by permitting
the surgeon to control most aspects of the operating room.
AESOP decreases the footprint of the camera holder.
In many laparoscopic operations, the camera holder interferes with the excursion arcs of the surgeons arms. The
surgeon and the camera holder often stand in uncomfortable positions. In contrast, AESOP permits the surgeon to stand erect in an ergonomically comfortable
position (Figure 37.3). There is no crossing of arms with
the camera holder. AESOP decreases the fatigue of the
surgeon in these solo operations.
Advantages
The advantages of using the AESOP robotic arm in this
setting are clear. The use of the arm facilitates a solo-surgeon operation, provides a stable camera platform, further
integrates the surgeons control of the operating room,
and promotes an ergonomically advantageous posture.
Solo-surgeon operations have been also reported for
laparoscopic cholecystectomy, laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication, and laparoscopic colectomy.4,6 In our hospital,
the number of surgical residents available to assist in operations is dropping. As a result, we frequently perform these
operations with the assistance of only a scrub nurse or
technician. The use of AESOP keeps both of the assistants
hands free to pass instruments, prepare the mesh, and
maintain surgical counts.
AESOP provides a stable camera platform. The video
image remains properly oriented to the horizon. This
avoids motion sickness in the operating-room staff and
helps to maintain the surgeons orientation within the
operative field. Telephone calls, conversations with the
nurses, and boredom do not distract from AESOP.
The video image does not wander off the operative field,
and the number of times the telescope requires cleaning
is decreased.6
Advanced laparoscopic operations increase the complexity of the operating-room environment. The need to
roll various electronic towers and auxiliary equipment
into the operating room slows turnover of operations.
Da Vinci
The da Vinci tele-robotic surgical system was designed
from scratch to perform tele-robotic operations within a
virtual operative field. Da Vinci telecasts a true threedimensional field of view. This is accomplished with a
special 12-mm laparoscope that has two smaller 5-mm
telescopes within it. The video images from the two 5-mm
telescopes remain separate and are projected on to two
separate monitors within the surgeons console. The surgeon sees the left console with their left eye and the right
monitor with their right eye, much like using field binoculars (Figure 37.4). This telecast system purposely isolates
the surgeons field of view. The surgeon gets the sense of
immersion within a virtual three-dimensional operative
field. This helps the surgeon to maintain their orientation
within the operative field despite their remote location.
The surgeon controls the robotic instruments by placing their hands within the masters (Figure 37.4 insert).
A foot pedal determines whether the masters are controlling the camera or two robotic surgical instruments. The
da Vinci robotic instruments offer hand-like motions.
The robotic instruments move with seven degrees of freedom, like the human wrist. These hand-like motions
overcome the limitations of traditional straight laparoscopic instruments. Da Vinci also offers motion scaling.
The computer translates coarse movements of the surgeons hands into finer motions of the robotic instruments. Buttons on the surgeons console set the motion
scaling to one-, three- or five-to-one scales. The computer
also performs a fast Fourier transform (FFT) on the
hand motions. This allows identification and filtering
of periodic motions such as tremors. This adds to the
precision of robotic surgical instruments.
The da Vinci robotic tower holds three robotic
arms (Figure 37.5). The robotic arms are attached to
laparoscopic trocars. The tower does not attach to the
operating table. The robotic arms must be separated
Figure 37.5 The da Vinci electronics tower and four robotic arms.
The electronics tower holds the video and electronics equipment
for the stereoscopic telescope. In this prototype, the robotic tower
holds four robotic arms. One arm holds the camera and the other
three hold robotic laparoscopic surgical instruments.
from the trocars whenever the surgical table is repositioned. The FDA has recently approved use of a fourth
arm with the da Vinci system, which became available
commercially in 2003.
Zeus
Zeus evolved from AESOP. Zeus consists of a surgeons
console and three modified AESOPs that attach directly
to the surgical table. The surgeon sits at a computer console with an open architecture (Figure 37.6). The surgeon maintains direct visual contact with the patient and
the operative field. The surgeon controls movements of
the camera with voice commands and controls the
robotic instruments with the two hand interfaces (Figure
37.6 insert). This permits simultaneous control of all
three robotic arms. The voice-control system, Hermes,
can also control other electronics equipment in the operating room.
Zeus offers a three-dimensional image but with a
technology that is different to that of da Vinci. In the
Zeus system, alternating images from the left and right
video cameras are projected on to the main monitor.
Polarizing filters permit the surgeons right eye to see
only the right image and the left eye the left image. This
causes a three-dimensional image to project out from the
two-dimensional monitor.
Zeus provides hand-like motions for the robotic
instruments. The Zeus instruments move with six
degrees of freedom, compared with the seven of da Vinci.
This means that the surgeon must compensate for one
less degree of freedom by moving the robotic arm in
various directions.
Figure 37.7 Zeus robotic arms. The three robotic arms attach
directly to the surgical table. The camera holder is a modified
AESOP that is voice-controlled by the surgeon. The two other
arms are AESOPs that have been modified to hold robotic
surgical instruments.
course, individual hospitals may have specific requirements for granting privileges towards the use of this
emerging technology.8 In our hospital, we require that
surgeons practice tele-robotic operations in live animal
models, act as a first assistant in five to ten operations,
and are then observed by a proctor for an additional
five to ten operations. This process for granting clinical
privileges has successfully introduced tele-robotic surgery
safely into clinical practice at our hospital.
(a)
8mm
12mm
8mm
(b)
(a)
(b)
CONCLUSION
Tele-robotic surgery remains in a period of rapid evolution. Newer generations of both da Vinci and Zeus continue to be developed rapidly. Whether tele-robotics will
become the standard of care in the near future remains
uncertain. Nonetheless, even at this early juncture, telerobotic surgical systems address some of the specific limitations of standard laparoscopic surgery. Tele-robotic
surgical systems maintain a stable camera platform,
immerse the surgeon in a three-dimensional virtual operative field, move the surgical instruments with six or seven
degrees of freedom, and further improve the ergonomics
for the surgeon. Tele-robotics also have the potential usage
in very remote settings, such as the battlefield and outer
space.
REFERENCES
1
2
3
4
7
8
Many surgeons perform advanced laparoscopic operations with standard twentieth-century technologies.
Nonetheless, standard laparoscopy presents certain
limitations that impede the learning of advanced skills
and prevent many surgeons from performing advanced
laparoscopic operations. Robotics offers technological
solutions to some of these shortcomings. We have found
that AESOP provides a stable camera platform, maintains
a stable relationship with the horizon, adequately replaces
a human camera-holder, and lets the surgeon stand in an
ergonomically comfortable position. Voice-control systems help to integrate the operating room and to keep the
surgeon in control of an ever more complicated operating
environment. In our hospital, robot-assisted laparoscopic
pre-peritoneal inguinal hernia repair in an integrated
operating room is our standard of care. We believe that
this technique permits the surgeon the best opportunity
to replicate the operation in a high-volume mode with
excellent clinical outcomes.
10
11
12
13
14
15
38
Socioeconomic issues
KARL A. LEBLANC, ANDREW N. KINGSNORTH AND ZINDA Z. LEBLANC
274
275
276
276
278
280
281
281
of individual and center specialization should be determined by evidence of economies of scale. If a center specializes in laparoscopic surgery, then this may influence
costs per patient, as theater time may be reduced as familiarity with the procedure increases. In addition, outcomes
may be improved, particularly by reduced complication
rates. However, the appropriate level of individual and
center specialization requires careful evaluation: could the
alleged benefits of centralization be matched by careful
training and treatment protocols at local levels? Identification of the conditions necessary for the production of
efficient laparoscopic procedures is absent but inhibits
neither unsubstantiated assertions by policymakers nor
significant investments in new facilities.
The repair of inguinal hernias with the laparoscopic
method continues to raise many questions, particularly
regarding economics. Whereas it is generally accepted
that this technique is effective for these hernias, the costs
associated with this method causes many surgeons to
question the usefulness of this technique. In 1996, the
benefits were unclear.41 In 2003, the clinical efficacy is not
generally questioned. The cost issues have been resolved
for the most part. It is more expensive to perform the
minimally invasive method except in a very few areas that
have managed to eliminate the use of disposable instruments and tissue-expansion balloons.
Evidenced-based studies have definitely revealed that
the levels of pain and subsequent convalescence after
laparoscopic repair are decreased when compared with
open repair.42 This is particularly true with the comparison of pure tissue repairs, but it has also been found with
open prosthetic repairs. However, some studies have
reported that while these patients experience less pain
postoperatively, the return to work interval was not different after TAPP repair. The opinion of these authors
was that the increase in costs did not justify the operation
unless the operative costs could be reduced.43 Another
study found that laparoscopically repaired patients returned
to their usual activities seven days earlier than those of
the open group. The incremental cost for this time frame
was 55 548 per QALY over the open method. This report
showed that there might be specific situations in which
this laparoscopic repair may be a viable alternative,
particularly when reusable rather than disposable instruments were used because these costs were decreased
significantly.44
The operative costs that are increased with the laparoscopic approach are the use of disposable instruments,
balloon dissection devices, balloon trocars, additional
personnel, and the length of the operation. These costs
can be reduced to the extent that the cost of the operation
can approach that of the open procedure. Lorenz has
shown that by the deliberate attempt to decrease costs, the
laparoscopic approach can be less expensive to the hospital.45 Beets and Dirksen found that the open approach can
Open repair
Operative time,
range (min)
Operative time,
average (min)
Length of hospital
stay, range (days)
Length of hospital
stay, average (days)
Complication rate
(%)
Recurrence rate
(%)
45259*
27148
60180
25220
N/A
97.6*
78.5
111.5
82
N/A
N/A
226*
321*
N/A
0.514*
4.9
6.5*
9.06*
2.8
4.4*
31
36.7*
?
36
N/A
12.5
34.7
2
20.7
0
198712 611*
N/A
N/A
N/A
657418 448
7299*
N/A
N/A
N/A
12 461
Laparoscopic
repair
70211*
45170
30180
18225
N/A
128.5*
95.4
87
58
N/A
N/A
117*
115*
N/A
0.53*
1.6
3.4*
2.23*
1.7
0.8*
15
17.9*
10
N/A
1
11
0
2.5
4.8
35555235*
N/A
N/A
N/A
532311 223
4395*
N/A
N/A
N/A
8273
Ref.
54
55
53
56
16
54
55
53
56
16
54
55
53
56
16
54
55
53
56
16
54
55
53
56
16
54
55
53
56
16
54
55
53
56
16
54
55
53
56
16
PAYMENT CHANGES
Despite the points discussed above, the financial realities
of governmental reimbursement in the USA have declined
continuously. We selected the comparison of the payments
from Medicare in the USA since 1993 for four hernia operations (Figure 38.1). Unless noted otherwise, all of these
are inguinal hernia repairs. It is readily apparent that these
levels of payment have not changed significantly in nine
years. These payments do not reflect the inflationary
increases in office overheads and the enormous elevations
in the cost of medical liability insurance. Additionally, the
payment for the repair of bilateral inguinal hernias is 1.5
times the payment for the repair of a single hernia. Because
of this, some surgeons simply cannot afford to repair bilateral hernias at the same time. Instead, these are repaired
sequentially in two separate procedures. It is particularly
disturbing that payment for the repair of an incisional
hernia (US$636.69) is less than the repair of a recurrent
incarcerated inguinal hernia (US$644.07). The differences
US dollars
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
19
93
19
94
19
95
19
96
19
97
19
98
19
99
20
00
20
01
20
02
Open
Recurrent
Recurrent
incarcerated
Incisional
Laparoscopic
inguinal
Laparoscopic
recurrent
inguinal
CONCLUSION
It is no longer sufficient to consider only the clinical and
therapeutic effects of healthcare: purchasing choices
require explicit economic evaluation to identify, measure
and value costs and patient health outcomes. Surgical
interventions are no exception to this business principle.
Hernia repair is an established and effective procedure
for most patient groups, and its relatively low cost among
surgical procedures means that economic evaluation of
the procedure itself is not a priority. However, innovations in the procedure of hernia repair and the management of patients, such as day-case and laparoscopic repair
of the different hernias, should be subject to economic
evaluation.
The unit costs of day-case surgery are lower than
those of traditional in-hospital care. Any money saved
will enable more operations to be carried out and more
patients to be treated. Alternatively, savings generated
could be used to develop other services.
Laparoscopic surgery has spread rapidly through many
surgical specialties, but there are still major knowledge
gaps about its clinical and economic attributes. The potential clinical and economic benefits of laparoscopic inguinal
hernia repair are particularly unclear given the need for
general anesthesia and the possibility of rare but serious
injuries to intra-abdominal organs. This procedure benefitted from large-scale clinical trials and economic evaluations for inguinal hernia repair. The use of laparoscopy in
the repair of many of the other hernias of the abdominal
wall seems to have a strong economic benefit, however.
The future development of advanced techniques and
even the availability of even the simplest of hernia repairs
may become more difficult due to the negative financial
consequences of governmental payment schedules.
REFERENCES
1 Sculpher M, Drummond M, OBrien B. Effectiveness, efficiency and
NICE. Br Med J 2001; 322: 9434.
2 ORiordan DC, Kingsnorth AN. Audit of patient outcomes after
herniorrhaphy. Surg Clin North Am 1998; 78: 112939.
3 Editorial. Country profile: United Kingdom. Lancet 1997; 350:
4858.
4 Millikan KW, Deziel DJ. The management of hernia: considerations
in cost effectiveness. Surg Clin North Am 1996; 76: 10516.
5 Department of Health. Press release no. 94/251. London:
Department of Health, 1994.
6 Department of Health. Press release no. 95/82. London: Department
of Health, 1995.
7 Bower H. A safety net cast over new surgery. Hospital Doctor 1996;
16 May.
8 Royal College of Surgeons of England. Clinical Guidelines for the
Management of Groin Hernias in Adults. London: Royal College of
Surgeons of England, 1993.
9 Hurst JW. Measuring the benefits and costs of medical care the
contribution of health status measurement. Health Trends 1984;
16: 1619.
10 Wakeley CPG. Treatment of certain types of external herniae. Lancet
1940; 1: 8226.
11 Ruckley CV. Day care and short stay surgery for hernia. Br J Surg
1978; 65: 14.
12 Bridger P, Rees M. What a difference a day makes. Health Serv J
1995; 105: 223.
13 Ruckley CV, Cuthbertson C, Fenwick N, et al. Day care after
operations for hernia or varicose veins: a controlled trial. Br J Surg
1978; 65: 4569.
14 Royal College of Surgeons of England. Guidelines for Day
Case Surgery. London: Royal College of Surgeons of England,
1992.
15 LeBlanc KA, Booth WV, Whitaker JM, Bellanger DE. Laparoscopic
incisional and ventral herniorrhaphy in 100 patients. Am J Surg
2000; 180: 1937.
16 DeMarie EJ, Moss JM, Sugerman HJ. Laparoscopic intraperitoneal
polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) prosthetic patch repair of ventral
hernia. Surg Endosc 2000; 14: 3269.
17 Rockwell E. Out-patient repair of inguinal hernia. Am J Surg 1982;
143: 55960.
18 Russell IT, Devlin HB, Fell M, et al. Day case surgery for hernias and
haemorrhoids. Lancet 1977; 1: 8447.
19 Burn JMB. Responsible use of resources: day surgery. Br Med J
1983; 286: 4923.
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Downs SH, Black NA, Devlin HB, et al. Systematic review of the
effectiveness and safety of laparoscopic cholecystectomy. Ann R
Coll Surg Engl 1996; 78: part II.
Lawrence K, McWhinnie D, Goodwin A, et al. An economic
evaluation of laparoscopic vs open inguinal hernia repair. J Public
Health Med 1996; 18: 418.
EU Hernia Trialists Collaboration. Laparoscopic compared with open
methods of groin hernia repair: systematic review of randomized
controlled trials. Br J Surg 2000; 87: 86067.
Pananini AM, Lezoche E, Carle F, et al. A randomized, controlled,
clinical study of laparoscopic vs open tension-free inguinal hernia
repair. Surg Endosc 1998; 12: 97986.
MRC Laparoscopic Groin Hernia Trial Group. Cost-utility analysis of
open versus laparoscopic groin hernia repair: results from a
multicentre randomized clinical trial. Br J Surg 2001; 88: 65361.
Lorenz D, Stark E, Oestreich K, Richter A. Laparoscopic hernioplasty
versus conventional hernioplasty (Shouldice): results of a
prospective randomized trial. World J Surg 2000; 24: 73945.
Beets GL, Dirksen CD, Go PM, et al. Open or laparoscopic
preperitoneal mesh repair for recurrent inguinal hernia: a
randomized controlled trial. Surg Endosc 1999; 13: 3237.
Sarli L, Iusco DR, Sansebastiano G, Costi R. Simultaneous repair of
bilateral inguinal hernias. Surg Laparosc Endosc Percutan Tech
2001; 11: 2627.
Schmedt C-G, Dubler P, Leibl BJ, et al. Simultaneous bilateral
laparoscopic inguinal hernia repair. Surg Endosc 2002; 16:
24044.
MRC Laparoscopic Groin Hernia Trial Group. Laparoscopic versus
open repair of groin hernia: a randomised comparison. Lancet 1999;
354: 18590.
Heikkinen TJ, Haukipuro K, Hulkko A. A cost and outcome
comparison between laparoscopic and Lichtenstein hernia
operations in a day-case unit. Surg Endosc 1998; 12: 11998.
Costanza MJ, Heniford BT, Area MJ, et al. Laparoscopic repair of
recurrent ventral hernias. Am Surg 1998; 64: 11217.
Kochler RH, Voeller G. Recurrences in laparoscopic incisional hernia
repairs: a personal series and review of literature. J Soc
Laparoendosc Surg 1999; 3: 293304.
Carbajo MA, Martin del Olmo JC, Blanco JI, et al. Laparoscopic
treatment vs open surgery in the solution of major incisional
and abdominal wall hernias with mesh. Surg Endosc 1999;
13: 25052.
Holzman MD, Purut CM, Reintgen K, et al. Laparoscopic ventral and
incisional hernioplasty. Surg Endosc 1997; 11: 325.
Park A, Birch DW, Lovrics P. Laparoscopic and open incisional hernia
repair: a comparison study. Surgery 1998; 124: 81622.
Ramshaw BJ, Escartia P, Schwab J, et al. Comparison of
laparoscopic and open ventral herniorrhaphy. Am Surg 1999; 65:
82732.
Index
Note: References to figures are indicated by f and references to tables are indicated by t when they fall on a page not covered by the text reference.
abdominal bloating, after fundoplication
218, 2434
abdominal wall, anterior anatomy see
anterior abdominal wall anatomy
achalasia 1989
adhesiolysis, and bowel injury 163
adhesives 1112
AESOP robotic arm 2668
alkaline reflux gastritis 218
Allisons procedure 1745
Alloderm prosthetic material 224
Anatomical Mesh 21
anatomy
anterior abdominal wall see anterior
abdominal wall anatomy
in children 255
diaphragm 17983
inguinal/femoral region see
inguinal/femoral anatomy
peritoneal cavity 412
pre-peritoneal space 423
and total extraperitoneal (TEP) patch
technique 667, 68f
anesthetic complications 89
in children 261
Angimesh prosthetic material 1718
anterior abdominal wall anatomy 1045
and cosmetic results 109
and functional outcomes 10910
and hernia formation 1056
and hernia repair methods 1067
and prosthetic biomaterial fixation 1078
and scar healing 1089
arcuate line 42f, 44
balloon trocars 9
barium swallow 188, 190
Bassini, E 34
bilateral hernia 62
in children 2512
bioadhesives 1112
biochemical changes, and hernia
formation 36
biological prosthetic materials 224
Biomesh prosthetic materials 1718
bladder injury 92
Bochdalek hernia 2578
bone complications 93
bowel injury 1613
bowel obstruction 923
laparoscopic repair 11113
calcitonin gene-related peptide
(CGRP) 456
Cheatle, GL 34
children
anatomy 255
complications in 2612
diaphragmatic hernia repair
history 257
patient selection 257
surgical technique
Bochdalek hernia 2578
Morgagni hernia 2589
history of laparoscopy in 2514
physiology 2556
cigarette smoking, and hernia
formation 36
clinical studies, ventral/incisional
hernioplasty
comparative studies 1579
series comparisons 1557
collagen defects 46
Collis gastroplasty 198
colostomy, parastomal hernias see
parastomal hernias
compartmented stomach, after
fundoplication 21920
complication rates
laparoscopic method comparisons 834
laparoscopic vs open methods 846
complications
in children 2556, 2612
diaphragmatic hernia repair 2357
economic evaluation 278
fundoplication
intraoperative 23940
bougie perforation 2401
esophageal perforation 240
gastric injury 243
hemorrhage 2412
large hernia 243
pneumothorax 241
short esophagus 2423
postoperative
dysphagia 246
gastrointestinal symptoms 2434
ileus 246
para-esophageal hernia 244
recurrent reflux 247
slipped Nissen 2445
symptom assessment 243
vagal nerve injury 2456
inguinal/femoral hernioplasty
anesthesia 89
hydrocele 90
laparoscopic access 8990
nerve injury 912
organ complications 90
prosthetic mesh problems 93
recurrence rates 934
seroma 901
vascular injury 91
visceral injury 923
laparoscopic assisted ventral hernia
repair 1634
para-esophageal hernia repair 2067
with prosthetic biomaterials 1721
and recurrent gastroesophageal reflux
disease 21722
and return to work 2767
with transfascial sutures 1345
ventral/incisional hernioplasty
bowel injury 1613
comparative studies 1579
gastrointestinal complications 166
postoperative pain 166
prosthetic mesh fixation 1078
prosthetic mesh infection 1645
recurrence rates 1668
series comparisons 156t, 157
seroma 1656
see also recurrence rates
Composix prosthetic biomaterials 212
congenital hernias 2579
connective tissue damage
and hernia formation 36
and pathophysiology 46
convalescence after surgery 2767
Coopers ligament 423
cosmetic outcomes, ventral/incisional
hernioplasty 109
crural disruption, after fundoplication 219
cyanoacrylate fixation 12
da Vinci tele-robotic system 2689
ventral/incisional hernioplasty 2702
day-case surgery, economic evaluation
2756
denervation hernias
anatomy 151, 152f
formation of 1056
surgical repair
indications/contraindications 152
operative technique 1523
outcomes 153
diaphragm
anatomy 17983
and hernia surgery 1845
physiology 1834
diaphragmatic hernia
in children 257
fundoplication see fundoplication
history of surgery for
Allison, P 1745
in children 257
early surgery 173
laparoscopic approach 1756
284 Index
diaphragmatic hernia (Contd)
Nissen fundoplication 175
short esophagus 174
outcomes of surgery 2357
para-esophageal hernias see
para-esophageal hernias
from traumatic injury 20910
acute herniation 21012
chronic herniation 21214
types of hiatal hernia 235
see also gastroesophageal reflux
disease (GERD)
diarrhea, after fundoplication 218
diffuse esophageal spasm 1989
disposable instruments 78
dissecting instruments 8
double-crown technique
indications/contraindications 1334
instrumentation 1356
operating room set-up 137
outcomes 141
postoperative management 141
preoperative management 1356
prosthetic biomaterials 1367
surgical technique 13741
transfascial suture comparison 1345
driving, after surgery 277
DualMesh prosthetic biomaterials 1821
in ventral/incisional hernioplasty
double-crown technique 1367
parastomal hernias 1467
series comparisons 156t, 157
transfascial suture technique 11718
Dulex prosthetic biomaterial 1821
dysphagia, after fundoplication
21718, 246
economic evaluation 2734
day-case surgery 2756
hernia repair 2745
laparoscopic surgery 27880
payment methods 2801
return to work 2767
electrosurgery 10
employment, return to after surgery 2767
EMS stapler 256
EndoAnchor fixation device 278
Endopath EMS stapler 26
endoscopy 188, 190, 2278
endosopic gastroplasty 194
enterotomy 1613
epigastric hernia 106
ergonomics 13
esophageal hiatus 1813
esophageal manometry 1889, 190, 228f,
229
esophageal perforation, with fundoplication
2401
esophagography 2289
esophagomytomy 1989
expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE)
products
composite products 212
flat, single-component products 1821
in ventral/incisional hernioplasty 126
double-crown technique 1367
fixation 108
obstructed/incarcerated bowel 11213
parastomal hernias 1467
and scar healing 1089
series comparisons 156t, 157
transfascial suture technique 11718
external oblique muscle 44, 104
Index 285
nonoperative management 33
obturator hernioplasty 76
open hernia repair 336
ventral/incisional hernioplasty 99100
hydrocele 90
in children 262
hypertensive lower-esophageal
sphincter 1989
ileostomy, parastomal hernias see
parastomal hernias
ileus 246
ilio-hypogastric nerve 45
ilio-inguinal nerve 45
iliopubic tract 423
imaging systems 12
see also robotic devices
incarcerated bowel repair 11113
incarcerated inguinal hernia 63
incisional hernias
diagnosis 125
incidence 125
pre-peritoneal hernioplasty see
pre-peritoneal hernioplasty
repair methods 1257, 12930
risk factors 125
see also ventral/incisional hernioplasty
infants see children
infection, with prosthetic biomaterials 93,
113, 1645
inferior epigastric vessels 41
injury to 91
infertility, and prosthetic mesh 93
inguinal canal 44
inguinal/femoral anatomy
femoral canal 45
femoral sheath 45
inguinal canal 44
myopectineal orifice 445
nerves 45
oblique muscles 44
peritoneal cavity 412
pre-peritoneal space 423
spermatic cord 44
transversalis fascia 434
inguinal/femoral hernioplasty
complications
anesthesia 89
hydrocele 90
laparoscopic access 8990
nerve injury 912
organ complications 90
prosthetic mesh problems 93
recurrence rates 934
seroma 901
vascular injury 91
visceral injury 923
economic evaluation 279
femoral hernioplasty
history 76
incidence of femoral hernias 756
postoperative management 77
surgical technique 767
history
in children 2524
early surgery 33
nonoperative management 33
open hernia repair 336
intraperitoneal onlay of mesh (IPOM)
procedure see intraperitoneal onlay
of mesh (IPOM) procedure
lipomas 801
low Spigelian hernia 81
Marcy, HO 334
Marlex prosthetic biomaterial 1718
history 345
Mersilene prosthetic biomaterial 18
mesh prosthetics see prosthetic biomaterials
modified Toupet fundoplication 1967
Morgagni hernia 2589
muscular denervation see denervation
hernias
Mycromesh prosthetic biomaterials
1821
myopectineal orifice 35, 36f, 445
Nanticoke Hernia Stapler 26
National Institute for Clinical Excellence
(NICE) 273
needle drivers 11
neoplasia, and recurrent gastroesophageal
reflux disease 220, 2212
nerves
anatomy 45
injury to 912
with prosthetic biomaterial
fixation 108
and recurrent gastroesophageal
reflux disease 221, 2456
Nissen fundoplication
anatomical considerations 1845
complications 220, 2445
history 175
preoperative evaluation 18791
surgical technique 196
non-cutting trocar 10
nutcracker esophagus 1989
Nyhus, LM 34
oblique muscles 44
obstructed bowel repair 11113
obturator artery, injury to 91
obturator hernioplasty
history 76
incidence of obturator hernias 76
postoperative management 77
surgical technique 767
Omni-Tack 267
open hernia repair
and anterior abdominal wall
anatomy 1067
history 336
for incisional hernias 1267
laparoscopic method comparison
economic evaluation 27980
outcomes of surgery 846
for ventral/incisional hernias 12930,
1579
for para-esophageal hernias 202
optical view trocar 9
Origin tacker 27
outcome of surgery
inguinal/femoral hernioplasty
laparoscopic method
comparisons 834
laparoscopic vs open methods 846
ventral/incisional hernioplasty
comparative studies 1579
cosmetic results 109
denervation hernias 153
double-crown technique 141
functional outcomes 10910
lumbar hernias 153
parastomal hernias 1489
pre-peritoneal hernioplasty 12930
series comparisons 1557
286 Index
pain
after fundoplication 218
after ventral/incisional hernioplasty 166
management in children 256
and return to work 277
para-esophageal hernias
after fundoplication 244
outcomes of surgery 2367
surgical repair
anatomical considerations 202
indications/contraindications 2012
laparoscopic vs open methods 202
operating room set-up 203
operative technique 2037
postoperative management 2078
preoperative evaluation 2023
types of 201
parastomal hernias
assessment 144
outcomes 1489
postoperative management 1478
surgical repair
indications/contraindications 1445
methods 144
preoperative preparation 145
surgical technique 1457
types of 1434
Parietene prosthetic biomaterial 1718
Paritex prosthetic biomaterials 18, 212
partitioned stomach, after
fundoplication 21920
pathophysiology 36, 456
pectineal ligament 423
pediatric hernia
anatomical considerations 255
complications
anesthesia 261
hydrocele 262
recurrence rates 262
surgical complications 2612
testicular complications 262
diaphragmatic hernia repair
history 257
patient selection 257
surgical technique
Bochdalek hernia 2578
Morgagni hernia 2589
pathophysiology 44, 456
physiological considerations 2556
pediatric laparoscopy, history 2514
pelvic anatomy
anterior abdominal wall see anterior
abdominal wall anatomy
inguinal/femoral region see
inguinal/femoral anatomy
pelvic hernia repair see femoral hernioplasty;
obturator hernioplasty
perineal hernioplasty 7980
peritoneal cavity, anatomy 412
pH monitoring 18990, 1901, 22930
phreno-esophageal ligament 181
physiology
in children 2556
diaphragm 1834
inguinal region 456
plug-and-patch technique, history 37
pneumothorax 206, 241
polyester biomaterials
composite products 212
flat, single-component products 18, 19f
preformed products 21
in ventral/incisional hernioplasty 126
polypropylene mesh (PPM) products
Index 287
testicular complications
in children 262
inguinal/femoral hernioplasty 90
thermal energy sources 10
3D Max prosthetic biomaterial 21
total extraperitoneal (TEP) patch technique
AESOP robotic arm 2668
anatomical considerations 667, 68f
complications
anesthesia 89
hydrocele 90
laparoscopic access 8990
nerve injury 912
organ complications 90
with prosthetic mesh 93
seroma 901
vascular injury 91
visceral injury 923
history 38
indications/contraindications 656
instrumentation 68
open method comparison 845
postoperative management 73
preoperative evaluation 68
recurrence rates 934
surgical technique 6973
transabdominal pre-peritoneal (TAPP)
comparison 834
transabdominal pre-peritoneal (TAPP)
patch technique
AESOP robotic arm 2668
for bilateral hernia 62
complications
anesthesia 89
hydrocele 90
laparoscopic access 8990
nerve injury 912
organ complications 90
prosthetic mesh 93
seroma 901
vascular injury 91
visceral injury 923
history 378
indications/contraindications 534
instrumentation 55
open method comparison 54, 845
ventral/incisional hernioplasty
anterior abdominal wall anatomy 1045
and hernia formation 1056
and repair methods 1067
complications
bowel injury 1613
gastrointestinal complications 166
postoperative pain 166
prosthetic mesh infection 1645
seroma 1656
denervation hernias see denervation
hernias
double-crown technique see
double-crown technique
economic evaluation 27980
history 99100
laparoscopic assisted hernia
repair 1634
lumbar hernias see lumbar hernias
obstructed/incarcerated bowel 11113
outcomes
comparative studies 1579
cosmetic 109
functional 10910
series comparisons 1557
parastomal hernias see parastomal
hernias
pre-peritoneal hernioplasty see
pre-peritoneal hernioplasty
prosthetic biomaterial fixation 1078
recurrence rates 1668
scar healing 1089
transfascial suture technique see
transfascial suture technique
Zeus tele-robotic system 2689, 2702
videoendoscopy systems 12
da Vinci tele-robotic system 2689
ventral/incisional hernioplasty 2702
visceral injury 8990, 923, 243
with fundoplication 2412
with para-esophageal hernia repair 206
and trocar design 810
work, return to after surgery 2767
Zeus tele-robotic system 26970